1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
12 // variables in loops.
13 //
14 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
19 //
20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
25 //
26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
28 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
30 //
31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
34 //
35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
36 // dependence analysis!
37 //
38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
39 //
40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
41 //
42 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
43 //  of closed-form functions
44 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
45 //
46 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
47 //  Eugene V. Zima
48 //
49 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
50 //  Robert A. van Engelen
51 //
52 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
53 //  Robert A. van Engelen
54 //
55 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
56 //  induction variable substitution
57 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
58 //
59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60 
61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
68 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
69 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
70 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
71 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
72 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
73 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
74 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
75 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
76 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
77 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
78 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
79 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
80 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
81 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
82 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
83 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
84 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
85 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
86 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
89 #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
90 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
91 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
92 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
93 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
94 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
95 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
96 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
97 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
98 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
99 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
100 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
101 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
102 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
103 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
104 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
105 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
106 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
107 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
108 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
109 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
110 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
111 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
112 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
113 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
114 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
115 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
116 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
117 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
118 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
119 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
120 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
121 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
122 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
123 #include <algorithm>
124 #include <cassert>
125 #include <climits>
126 #include <cstddef>
127 #include <cstdint>
128 #include <cstdlib>
129 #include <map>
130 #include <memory>
131 #include <tuple>
132 #include <utility>
133 #include <vector>
134 
135 using namespace llvm;
136 
137 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
138 
139 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
140           "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
141 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
142           "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
143 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
144           "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
145 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
146           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
147 
148 static cl::opt<unsigned>
149 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
150                         cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
151                                  "symbolically execute a constant "
152                                  "derived loop"),
153                         cl::init(100));
154 
155 // FIXME: Enable this with EXPENSIVE_CHECKS when the test suite is clean.
156 static cl::opt<bool> VerifySCEV(
157     "verify-scev", cl::Hidden,
158     cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
159 static cl::opt<bool>
160     VerifySCEVMap("verify-scev-maps", cl::Hidden,
161                   cl::desc("Verify no dangling value in ScalarEvolution's "
162                            "ExprValueMap (slow)"));
163 
164 static cl::opt<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
165     "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
166     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
167     cl::init(32));
168 
169 static cl::opt<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
170     "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
171     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
172     cl::init(500));
173 
174 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
175     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
176     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
177     cl::init(32));
178 
179 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
180     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden,
181     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
182     cl::init(2));
183 
184 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
185     "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
186     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
187     cl::init(2));
188 
189 static cl::opt<unsigned>
190     MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden,
191                   cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
192                   cl::init(32));
193 
194 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
195     "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden,
196     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
197 
198 static cl::opt<unsigned>
199     MaxExtDepth("scalar-evolution-max-ext-depth", cl::Hidden,
200                 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SExt/ZExt"),
201                 cl::init(8));
202 
203 static cl::opt<unsigned>
204     MaxAddRecSize("scalar-evolution-max-add-rec-size", cl::Hidden,
205                   cl::desc("Max coefficients in AddRec during evolving"),
206                   cl::init(16));
207 
208 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
209 //                           SCEV class definitions
210 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
211 
212 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
213 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
214 //
215 
216 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
217 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SCEV::dump() const {
218   print(dbgs());
219   dbgs() << '\n';
220 }
221 #endif
222 
223 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
224   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
225   case scConstant:
226     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
227     return;
228   case scTruncate: {
229     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
230     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
231     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
232        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
233     return;
234   }
235   case scZeroExtend: {
236     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
237     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
238     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
239        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
240     return;
241   }
242   case scSignExtend: {
243     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
244     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
245     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
246        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
247     return;
248   }
249   case scAddRecExpr: {
250     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
251     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
252     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
253       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
254     OS << "}<";
255     if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
256       OS << "nuw><";
257     if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
258       OS << "nsw><";
259     if (AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
260         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
261       OS << "nw><";
262     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
263     OS << ">";
264     return;
265   }
266   case scAddExpr:
267   case scMulExpr:
268   case scUMaxExpr:
269   case scSMaxExpr: {
270     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
271     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
272     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
273     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
274     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
275     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
276     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
277     }
278     OS << "(";
279     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
280          I != E; ++I) {
281       OS << **I;
282       if (std::next(I) != E)
283         OS << OpStr;
284     }
285     OS << ")";
286     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
287     case scAddExpr:
288     case scMulExpr:
289       if (NAry->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
290         OS << "<nuw>";
291       if (NAry->hasNoSignedWrap())
292         OS << "<nsw>";
293     }
294     return;
295   }
296   case scUDivExpr: {
297     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
298     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
299     return;
300   }
301   case scUnknown: {
302     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
303     Type *AllocTy;
304     if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
305       OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
306       return;
307     }
308     if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
309       OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
310       return;
311     }
312 
313     Type *CTy;
314     Constant *FieldNo;
315     if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
316       OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
317       FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
318       OS << ")";
319       return;
320     }
321 
322     // Otherwise just print it normally.
323     U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
324     return;
325   }
326   case scCouldNotCompute:
327     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
328     return;
329   }
330   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
331 }
332 
333 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
334   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
335   case scConstant:
336     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
337   case scTruncate:
338   case scZeroExtend:
339   case scSignExtend:
340     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
341   case scAddRecExpr:
342   case scMulExpr:
343   case scUMaxExpr:
344   case scSMaxExpr:
345     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
346   case scAddExpr:
347     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
348   case scUDivExpr:
349     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
350   case scUnknown:
351     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
352   case scCouldNotCompute:
353     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
354   }
355   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
356 }
357 
358 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
359   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
360     return SC->getValue()->isZero();
361   return false;
362 }
363 
364 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
365   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
366     return SC->getValue()->isOne();
367   return false;
368 }
369 
370 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
371   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
372     return SC->getValue()->isMinusOne();
373   return false;
374 }
375 
376 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
377   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
378   if (!Mul) return false;
379 
380   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
381   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
382   if (!SC) return false;
383 
384   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
385   return SC->getAPInt().isNegative();
386 }
387 
388 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
389   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
390 
391 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
392   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
393 }
394 
395 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
396   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
397   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
398   ID.AddPointer(V);
399   void *IP = nullptr;
400   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
401   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
402   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
403   return S;
404 }
405 
406 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
407   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
408 }
409 
410 const SCEV *
411 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
412   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
413   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
414 }
415 
416 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
417                            unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
418   : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
419 
420 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
421                                    const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
422   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
423   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
424          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
425          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
426 }
427 
428 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
429                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
430   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
431   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
432          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
433          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
434 }
435 
436 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
437                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
438   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
439   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
440          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
441          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
442 }
443 
444 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
445   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
446   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
447 
448   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
449   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
450 
451   // Release the value.
452   setValPtr(nullptr);
453 }
454 
455 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
456   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
457   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
458 
459   // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
460   // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
461   // this SCEVUnknown.
462   setValPtr(New);
463 }
464 
465 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
466   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
467     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
468       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
469         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
470             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
471             CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
472           if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
473             if (CI->isOne()) {
474               AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
475                                  ->getElementType();
476               return true;
477             }
478 
479   return false;
480 }
481 
482 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
483   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
484     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
485       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
486         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
487             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
488           Type *Ty =
489             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
490           if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
491             if (!STy->isPacked() &&
492                 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
493                 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
494               if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
495                 if (CI->isOne() &&
496                     STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
497                     STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
498                   AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
499                   return true;
500                 }
501             }
502         }
503 
504   return false;
505 }
506 
507 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
508   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
509     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
510       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
511         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
512             CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
513             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
514             CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
515           Type *Ty =
516             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
517           // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
518           // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
519           if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
520             CTy = Ty;
521             FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
522             return true;
523           }
524         }
525 
526   return false;
527 }
528 
529 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
530 //                               SCEV Utilities
531 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
532 
533 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
534 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
535 /// operands in SCEV expressions.  \p EqCache is a set of pairs of values that
536 /// have been previously deemed to be "equally complex" by this routine.  It is
537 /// intended to avoid exponential time complexity in cases like:
538 ///
539 ///   %a = f(%x, %y)
540 ///   %b = f(%a, %a)
541 ///   %c = f(%b, %b)
542 ///
543 ///   %d = f(%x, %y)
544 ///   %e = f(%d, %d)
545 ///   %f = f(%e, %e)
546 ///
547 ///   CompareValueComplexity(%f, %c)
548 ///
549 /// Since we do not continue running this routine on expression trees once we
550 /// have seen unequal values, there is no need to track them in the cache.
551 static int
552 CompareValueComplexity(EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
553                        const LoopInfo *const LI, Value *LV, Value *RV,
554                        unsigned Depth) {
555   if (Depth > MaxValueCompareDepth || EqCacheValue.isEquivalent(LV, RV))
556     return 0;
557 
558   // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
559   // GEPs.
560   bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
561        RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
562   if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
563     return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
564 
565   // Compare getValueID values.
566   unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), RID = RV->getValueID();
567   if (LID != RID)
568     return (int)LID - (int)RID;
569 
570   // Sort arguments by their position.
571   if (const auto *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
572     const auto *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
573     unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
574     return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
575   }
576 
577   if (const auto *LGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(LV)) {
578     const auto *RGV = cast<GlobalValue>(RV);
579 
580     const auto IsGVNameSemantic = [&](const GlobalValue *GV) {
581       auto LT = GV->getLinkage();
582       return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT) ||
583                GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT));
584     };
585 
586     // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
587     // names are semantically important.
588     if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV))
589       return LGV->getName().compare(RGV->getName());
590   }
591 
592   // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count.  This
593   // is pretty loose.
594   if (const auto *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
595     const auto *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
596 
597     // Compare loop depths.
598     const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
599                      *RParent = RInst->getParent();
600     if (LParent != RParent) {
601       unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
602                RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
603       if (LDepth != RDepth)
604         return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
605     }
606 
607     // Compare the number of operands.
608     unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
609              RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
610     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
611       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
612 
613     for (unsigned Idx : seq(0u, LNumOps)) {
614       int Result =
615           CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LInst->getOperand(Idx),
616                                  RInst->getOperand(Idx), Depth + 1);
617       if (Result != 0)
618         return Result;
619     }
620   }
621 
622   EqCacheValue.unionSets(LV, RV);
623   return 0;
624 }
625 
626 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
627 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
628 // more efficient.
629 static int CompareSCEVComplexity(
630     EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> &EqCacheSCEV,
631     EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
632     const LoopInfo *const LI, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
633     DominatorTree &DT, unsigned Depth = 0) {
634   // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
635   if (LHS == RHS)
636     return 0;
637 
638   // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
639   unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
640   if (LType != RType)
641     return (int)LType - (int)RType;
642 
643   if (Depth > MaxSCEVCompareDepth || EqCacheSCEV.isEquivalent(LHS, RHS))
644     return 0;
645   // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
646   // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
647   // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
648   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) {
649   case scUnknown: {
650     const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
651     const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
652 
653     int X = CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LU->getValue(),
654                                    RU->getValue(), Depth + 1);
655     if (X == 0)
656       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
657     return X;
658   }
659 
660   case scConstant: {
661     const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
662     const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
663 
664     // Compare constant values.
665     const APInt &LA = LC->getAPInt();
666     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
667     unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
668     if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
669       return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
670     return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
671   }
672 
673   case scAddRecExpr: {
674     const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
675     const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
676 
677     // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
678     // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
679     // order in getAddExpr.
680     const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
681     if (LLoop != RLoop) {
682       const BasicBlock *LHead = LLoop->getHeader(), *RHead = RLoop->getHeader();
683       assert(LHead != RHead && "Two loops share the same header?");
684       if (DT.dominates(LHead, RHead))
685         return 1;
686       else
687         assert(DT.dominates(RHead, LHead) &&
688                "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
689       return -1;
690     }
691 
692     // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
693     unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
694     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
695       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
696 
697     // Compare NoWrap flags.
698     if (LA->getNoWrapFlags() != RA->getNoWrapFlags())
699       return (int)LA->getNoWrapFlags() - (int)RA->getNoWrapFlags();
700 
701     // Lexicographically compare.
702     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
703       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
704                                     LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i), DT,
705                                     Depth + 1);
706       if (X != 0)
707         return X;
708     }
709     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
710     return 0;
711   }
712 
713   case scAddExpr:
714   case scMulExpr:
715   case scSMaxExpr:
716   case scUMaxExpr: {
717     const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
718     const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
719 
720     // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
721     unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
722     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
723       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
724 
725     // Compare NoWrap flags.
726     if (LC->getNoWrapFlags() != RC->getNoWrapFlags())
727       return (int)LC->getNoWrapFlags() - (int)RC->getNoWrapFlags();
728 
729     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
730       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
731                                     LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i), DT,
732                                     Depth + 1);
733       if (X != 0)
734         return X;
735     }
736     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
737     return 0;
738   }
739 
740   case scUDivExpr: {
741     const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
742     const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
743 
744     // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
745     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getLHS(),
746                                   RC->getLHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
747     if (X != 0)
748       return X;
749     X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getRHS(),
750                               RC->getRHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
751     if (X == 0)
752       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
753     return X;
754   }
755 
756   case scTruncate:
757   case scZeroExtend:
758   case scSignExtend: {
759     const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
760     const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
761 
762     // Compare cast expressions by operand.
763     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
764                                   LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand(), DT,
765                                   Depth + 1);
766     if (X == 0)
767       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
768     return X;
769   }
770 
771   case scCouldNotCompute:
772     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
773   }
774   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
775 }
776 
777 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
778 /// objects of the same complexity together by value.  When this routine is
779 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
780 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
781 ///
782 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
783 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
784 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
785 /// land in memory.
786 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
787                               LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree &DT) {
788   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
789 
790   EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> EqCacheSCEV;
791   EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> EqCacheValue;
792   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
793     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
794     // Special case it.
795     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
796     if (CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, RHS, LHS, DT) < 0)
797       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
798     return;
799   }
800 
801   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
802   std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(),
803                    [&](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
804                      return CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
805                                                   LHS, RHS, DT) < 0;
806                    });
807 
808   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
809   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
810   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
811   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
812   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
813     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
814     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
815 
816     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
817     // one, group them.
818     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
819       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
820         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
821         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
822         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
823         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
824       }
825     }
826   }
827 }
828 
829 // Returns the size of the SCEV S.
830 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) {
831   struct FindSCEVSize {
832     int Size = 0;
833 
834     FindSCEVSize() = default;
835 
836     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
837       ++Size;
838       // Keep looking at all operands of S.
839       return true;
840     }
841 
842     bool isDone() const {
843       return false;
844     }
845   };
846 
847   FindSCEVSize F;
848   SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F);
849   ST.visitAll(S);
850   return F.Size;
851 }
852 
853 namespace {
854 
855 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> {
856 public:
857   // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by
858   // Denominator.
859   static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator,
860                      const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient,
861                      const SCEV **Remainder) {
862     assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV");
863 
864     SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator);
865 
866     // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the
867     // rest of the code.
868     if (Numerator == Denominator) {
869       *Quotient = D.One;
870       *Remainder = D.Zero;
871       return;
872     }
873 
874     if (Numerator->isZero()) {
875       *Quotient = D.Zero;
876       *Remainder = D.Zero;
877       return;
878     }
879 
880     // A simple case when N/1. The quotient is N.
881     if (Denominator->isOne()) {
882       *Quotient = Numerator;
883       *Remainder = D.Zero;
884       return;
885     }
886 
887     // Split the Denominator when it is a product.
888     if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) {
889       const SCEV *Q, *R;
890       *Quotient = Numerator;
891       for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) {
892         divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R);
893         *Quotient = Q;
894 
895         // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of
896         // the Denominator.
897         if (!R->isZero()) {
898           *Quotient = D.Zero;
899           *Remainder = Numerator;
900           return;
901         }
902       }
903       *Remainder = D.Zero;
904       return;
905     }
906 
907     D.visit(Numerator);
908     *Quotient = D.Quotient;
909     *Remainder = D.Remainder;
910   }
911 
912   // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide
913   // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation.
914   void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {}
915   void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
916   void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
917   void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {}
918   void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
919   void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
920   void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {}
921   void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {}
922 
923   void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) {
924     if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) {
925       APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getAPInt();
926       APInt DenominatorVal = D->getAPInt();
927       uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth();
928       uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth();
929 
930       if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW)
931         DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW);
932       else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW)
933         NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW);
934 
935       APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
936       APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
937       APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal);
938       Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal);
939       Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal);
940       return;
941     }
942   }
943 
944   void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) {
945     const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR;
946     if (!Numerator->isAffine())
947       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
948     divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR);
949     divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR);
950     // Bail out if the types do not match.
951     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
952     if (Ty != StartQ->getType() || Ty != StartR->getType() ||
953         Ty != StepQ->getType() || Ty != StepR->getType())
954       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
955     Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(),
956                                 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
957     Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(),
958                                  Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
959   }
960 
961   void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) {
962     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs;
963     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
964 
965     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
966       const SCEV *Q, *R;
967       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
968 
969       // Bail out if types do not match.
970       if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType())
971         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
972 
973       Qs.push_back(Q);
974       Rs.push_back(R);
975     }
976 
977     if (Qs.size() == 1) {
978       Quotient = Qs[0];
979       Remainder = Rs[0];
980       return;
981     }
982 
983     Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs);
984     Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs);
985   }
986 
987   void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) {
988     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
989     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
990 
991     bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false;
992     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
993       // Bail out if types do not match.
994       if (Ty != Op->getType())
995         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
996 
997       if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
998         Qs.push_back(Op);
999         continue;
1000       }
1001 
1002       // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands.
1003       const SCEV *Q, *R;
1004       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
1005       if (!R->isZero()) {
1006         Qs.push_back(Op);
1007         continue;
1008       }
1009 
1010       // Bail out if types do not match.
1011       if (Ty != Q->getType())
1012         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1013 
1014       FoundDenominatorTerm = true;
1015       Qs.push_back(Q);
1016     }
1017 
1018     if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
1019       Remainder = Zero;
1020       if (Qs.size() == 1)
1021         Quotient = Qs[0];
1022       else
1023         Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
1024       return;
1025     }
1026 
1027     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator))
1028       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1029 
1030     // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator.
1031     ValueToValueMap RewriteMap;
1032     RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1033         cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue();
1034     Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1035 
1036     if (Remainder->isZero()) {
1037       // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator.
1038       RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1039           cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue();
1040       Quotient =
1041           SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1042       return;
1043     }
1044 
1045     // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator.
1046     const SCEV *Q, *R;
1047     const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder);
1048     // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here.
1049     if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator))
1050       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1051     divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R);
1052     if (R != Zero)
1053       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1054     Quotient = Q;
1055   }
1056 
1057 private:
1058   SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator,
1059                const SCEV *Denominator)
1060       : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) {
1061     Zero = SE.getZero(Denominator->getType());
1062     One = SE.getOne(Denominator->getType());
1063 
1064     // We generally do not know how to divide Expr by Denominator. We
1065     // initialize the division to a "cannot divide" state to simplify the rest
1066     // of the code.
1067     cannotDivide(Numerator);
1068   }
1069 
1070   // Convenience function for giving up on the division. We set the quotient to
1071   // be equal to zero and the remainder to be equal to the numerator.
1072   void cannotDivide(const SCEV *Numerator) {
1073     Quotient = Zero;
1074     Remainder = Numerator;
1075   }
1076 
1077   ScalarEvolution &SE;
1078   const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One;
1079 };
1080 
1081 } // end anonymous namespace
1082 
1083 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1084 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
1085 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1086 
1087 /// Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.  Assume, K > 0.
1088 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
1089                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
1090                                        Type *ResultTy) {
1091   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
1092   if (K == 1)
1093     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
1094 
1095   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
1096   //
1097   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
1098   //
1099   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
1100   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
1101   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
1102   // safe in modular arithmetic.
1103   //
1104   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
1105   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
1106   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
1107   // exponentiation:
1108   //
1109   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
1110   //
1111   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
1112   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
1113   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
1114   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
1115   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
1116   // width W.
1117   //
1118   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
1119   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
1120   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
1121   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
1122   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
1123   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
1124   //
1125   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
1126   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
1127   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
1128   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
1129   //
1130   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
1131   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
1132   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
1133   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
1134   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
1135   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
1136   // register width.
1137   //
1138   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
1139   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
1140   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
1141   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
1142   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
1143 
1144   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
1145   // but it probably doesn't matter.
1146   if (K > 1000)
1147     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
1148 
1149   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
1150 
1151   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
1152   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
1153   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
1154   // W bits of the result.
1155   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
1156   unsigned T = 1;
1157   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
1158     APInt Mult(W, i);
1159     unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
1160     T += TwoFactors;
1161     Mult.lshrInPlace(TwoFactors);
1162     OddFactorial *= Mult;
1163   }
1164 
1165   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
1166   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
1167 
1168   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
1169   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
1170 
1171   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
1172   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
1173   // K! / 2^T.
1174   APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
1175   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
1176   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
1177   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
1178 
1179   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
1180   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
1181                                                       CalculationBits);
1182   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
1183   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
1184     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
1185     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
1186                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
1187   }
1188 
1189   // Divide by 2^T
1190   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
1191 
1192   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
1193 
1194   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
1195                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
1196 }
1197 
1198 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
1199 /// number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
1200 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it.  In other words, we
1201 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
1202 ///
1203 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
1204 ///
1205 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
1206 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
1207                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
1208   const SCEV *Result = getStart();
1209   for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1210     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
1211     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
1212     // coefficient.
1213     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
1214     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
1215       return Coeff;
1216 
1217     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
1218   }
1219   return Result;
1220 }
1221 
1222 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1223 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1224 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1225 
1226 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1227                                              Type *Ty) {
1228   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1229          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1230   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1231          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1232   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1233 
1234   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1235   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1236   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1237   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1238   void *IP = nullptr;
1239   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1240 
1241   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1242   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1243     return getConstant(
1244       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1245 
1246   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1247   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1248     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
1249 
1250   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1251   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1252     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
1253 
1254   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1255   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1256     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1257 
1258   // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can
1259   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1260   if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1261     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1262     bool hasTrunc = false;
1263     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1264       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty);
1265       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SA->getOperand(i)))
1266         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1267       Operands.push_back(S);
1268     }
1269     if (!hasTrunc)
1270       return getAddExpr(Operands);
1271     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1272   }
1273 
1274   // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can
1275   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1276   if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1277     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1278     bool hasTrunc = false;
1279     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1280       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty);
1281       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SM->getOperand(i)))
1282         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1283       Operands.push_back(S);
1284     }
1285     if (!hasTrunc)
1286       return getMulExpr(Operands);
1287     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1288   }
1289 
1290   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1291   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1292     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1293     for (const SCEV *Op : AddRec->operands())
1294       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty));
1295     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1296   }
1297 
1298   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1299   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1300   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1301   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1302                                                  Op, Ty);
1303   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1304   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1305   return S;
1306 }
1307 
1308 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1309 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1310 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1311 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1312                                                  ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1313                                                  ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1314   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1315   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1316     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1317     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1318                            SE->getSignedRangeMax(Step));
1319   }
1320   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1321     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1322     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1323                            SE->getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1324   }
1325   return nullptr;
1326 }
1327 
1328 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1329 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1330 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1331 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1332                                                    ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1333                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1334   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1335   *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1336 
1337   return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1338                          SE->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1339 }
1340 
1341 namespace {
1342 
1343 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1344   typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *,
1345                                                           unsigned);
1346 };
1347 
1348 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1349 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
1350   // Members present:
1351   //
1352   // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1353   //
1354   // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1355   //
1356   // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1357   //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1358   //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
1359 };
1360 
1361 template <>
1362 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1363   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
1364 
1365   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1366 
1367   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1368                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1369                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1370     return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1371   }
1372 };
1373 
1374 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1375     SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr;
1376 
1377 template <>
1378 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1379   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
1380 
1381   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1382 
1383   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1384                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1385                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1386     return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1387   }
1388 };
1389 
1390 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1391     SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
1392 
1393 } // end anonymous namespace
1394 
1395 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1396 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1397 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1398 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1399 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1400 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1401 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1402 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1403 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1404                                         ScalarEvolution *SE, unsigned Depth) {
1405   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1406   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1407 
1408   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1409   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1410   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1411 
1412   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1413   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1414   if (!SA)
1415     return nullptr;
1416 
1417   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1418   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1419   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
1420   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
1421   for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
1422     if (Op != Step)
1423       DiffOps.push_back(Op);
1424 
1425   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1426     return nullptr;
1427 
1428   // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1429   // `Step`:
1430 
1431   // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1432   auto PreStartFlags =
1433     ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1434   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, PreStartFlags);
1435   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1436       SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1437 
1438   // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1439   // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1440   //
1441 
1442   const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1443   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
1444       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
1445     return PreStart;
1446 
1447   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1448   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1449   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1450   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1451       SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy, Depth),
1452                      (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy, Depth));
1453   if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy, Depth) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1454     if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
1455       // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1456       // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1457       // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
1458       const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
1459     }
1460     return PreStart;
1461   }
1462 
1463   // 3. Loop precondition.
1464   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1465   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1466       ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1467 
1468   if (OverflowLimit &&
1469       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit))
1470     return PreStart;
1471 
1472   return nullptr;
1473 }
1474 
1475 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1476 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1477 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1478                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1479                                         unsigned Depth) {
1480   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1481 
1482   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE, Depth);
1483   if (!PreStart)
1484     return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty, Depth);
1485 
1486   return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty,
1487                                              Depth),
1488                         (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty, Depth));
1489 }
1490 
1491 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
1492 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1493 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1494 //
1495 // Formally:
1496 //
1497 //     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1498 //  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1499 //
1500 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
1501 //
1502 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1503 //
1504 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
1505 //
1506 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1507 //      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1508 //
1509 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
1510 //
1511 //  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1512 //      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1513 //
1514 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1515 //   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1516 //
1517 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1518 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
1519 // to check for (1) and (2).
1520 //
1521 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1522 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1523 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1524 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
1525                                                 const SCEV *Step,
1526                                                 const Loop *L) {
1527   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1528 
1529   // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1530   // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1531   // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1532   // `PreStart` below.
1533   const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1534   if (!StartC)
1535     return false;
1536 
1537   APInt StartAI = StartC->getAPInt();
1538 
1539   for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1540     const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
1541 
1542     FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1543     ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
1544     ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
1545     ID.AddPointer(Step);
1546     ID.AddPointer(L);
1547     void *IP = nullptr;
1548     const auto *PreAR =
1549       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
1550 
1551     // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1552     // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1553     if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
1554       const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
1555       ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
1556       const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1557           DeltaS, &Pred, this);
1558       if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
1559         return true;
1560     }
1561   }
1562 
1563   return false;
1564 }
1565 
1566 const SCEV *
1567 ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1568   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1569          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1570   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1571          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1572   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1573 
1574   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1575   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1576     return getConstant(
1577       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1578 
1579   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1580   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1581     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1582 
1583   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1584   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1585   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1586   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1587   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1588   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1589   void *IP = nullptr;
1590   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1591   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1592     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1593                                                      Op, Ty);
1594     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1595     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1596     return S;
1597   }
1598 
1599   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1600   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1601     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1602     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1603     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1604     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1605     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1606     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1607     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1608             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1609       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty);
1610   }
1611 
1612   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1613   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1614   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1615   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1616   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1617     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1618       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1619       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1620       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1621       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1622 
1623       if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1624         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1625         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1626       }
1627 
1628       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1629       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1630       if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
1631         return getAddRecExpr(
1632             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1633             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1634 
1635       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1636       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1637       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1638       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1639       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1640       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1641       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1642       // that value once it has finished.
1643       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1644       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1645         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1646         // overflow.
1647 
1648         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1649         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1650         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1651           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1652         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1653           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1654         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1655           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1656           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1657           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1658                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1659           const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul,
1660                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1661                                                           Depth + 1),
1662                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1663           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1664           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1665             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1666           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1667             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1668                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1669                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1670                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1671                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1672           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1673             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1674             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1675             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1676             return getAddRecExpr(
1677                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1678                                                          Depth + 1),
1679                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1680                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1681           }
1682           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1683           // This covers loops that count down.
1684           OperandExtendedAdd =
1685             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1686                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1687                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1688                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1689                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1690           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1691             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1692             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1693             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1694             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1695             return getAddRecExpr(
1696                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1697                                                          Depth + 1),
1698                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1699                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1700           }
1701         }
1702       }
1703 
1704       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1705       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1706       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1707       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1708       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1709       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1710       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1711       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1712           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1713         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1714         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1715         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1716         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1717         // is safe.
1718         if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1719           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1720                                       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1721           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
1722               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) &&
1723                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
1724                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1725             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this
1726             // AddRec.
1727             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1728             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1729             return getAddRecExpr(
1730                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1731                                                          Depth + 1),
1732                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1733                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1734           }
1735         } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1736           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1737                                       getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1738           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1739               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) &&
1740                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT,
1741                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1742             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1743             // AddRec.  Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1744             // still can't self-wrap.
1745             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1746             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1747             return getAddRecExpr(
1748                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1749                                                          Depth + 1),
1750                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1751                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1752           }
1753         }
1754       }
1755 
1756       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1757         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1758         return getAddRecExpr(
1759             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1760             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1761       }
1762     }
1763 
1764   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1765     // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1766     if (SA->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1767       // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1768       // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1769       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1770       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1771         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1772       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1773     }
1774   }
1775 
1776   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1777   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1778   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1779   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1780                                                    Op, Ty);
1781   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1782   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1783   return S;
1784 }
1785 
1786 const SCEV *
1787 ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1788   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1789          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1790   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1791          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1792   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1793 
1794   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1795   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1796     return getConstant(
1797       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1798 
1799   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1800   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1801     return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1802 
1803   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1804   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1805     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1806 
1807   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1808   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1809   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1810   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1811   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1812   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1813   void *IP = nullptr;
1814   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1815   // Limit recursion depth.
1816   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1817     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1818                                                      Op, Ty);
1819     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1820     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1821     return S;
1822   }
1823 
1824   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1825   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1826     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1827     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1828     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1829     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1830     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1831     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1832     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1833             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1834       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty);
1835   }
1836 
1837   // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2
1838   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1839     if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) {
1840       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0));
1841       auto *SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1));
1842       if (SMul && SC1) {
1843         if (auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) {
1844           const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
1845           const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
1846           if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() &&
1847               C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2())
1848             return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty, Depth + 1),
1849                               getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty, Depth + 1),
1850                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1851         }
1852       }
1853     }
1854 
1855     // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1856     if (SA->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1857       // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1858       // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1859       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1860       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1861         Ops.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1862       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNSW, Depth + 1);
1863     }
1864   }
1865   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1866   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1867   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1868   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1869   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1870     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1871       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1872       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1873       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1874       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1875 
1876       if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1877         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1878         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1879       }
1880 
1881       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1882       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1883       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
1884         return getAddRecExpr(
1885             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1886             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1887 
1888       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1889       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1890       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1891       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1892       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1893       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1894       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1895       // that value once it has finished.
1896       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1897       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1898         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1899         // overflow.
1900 
1901         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1902         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1903         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1904           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1905         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1906           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1907         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1908           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1909           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
1910           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1911                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1912           const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul,
1913                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1914                                                           Depth + 1),
1915                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1916           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1917           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1918             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1919           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1920             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1921                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1922                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1923                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1924                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1925           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1926             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1927             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1928             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1929             return getAddRecExpr(
1930                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1931                                                          Depth + 1),
1932                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1933                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1934           }
1935           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
1936           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
1937           OperandExtendedAdd =
1938             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1939                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1940                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1941                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1942                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1943           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1944             // If AR wraps around then
1945             //
1946             //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
1947             // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
1948             //
1949             // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
1950             // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
1951 
1952             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1953 
1954             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1955             return getAddRecExpr(
1956                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1957                                                          Depth + 1),
1958                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1959                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1960           }
1961         }
1962       }
1963 
1964       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1965       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1966       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1967       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1968       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1969       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1970       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1971 
1972       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1973           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1974         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1975         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1976         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1977         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1978         // is safe.
1979         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1980         const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1981             getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
1982         if (OverflowLimit &&
1983             (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
1984              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) &&
1985               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this),
1986                                           OverflowLimit)))) {
1987           // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec.
1988           const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1989           return getAddRecExpr(
1990               getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1991               getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1992         }
1993       }
1994 
1995       // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this
1996       // transformation:
1997       // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2
1998       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1999       auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
2000       if (SC1 && SC2) {
2001         const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
2002         const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
2003         if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) &&
2004             C2.isPowerOf2()) {
2005           Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty, Depth + 1);
2006           const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getZero(AR->getType()), Step, L,
2007                                             AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2008           return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty, Depth + 1),
2009                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2010         }
2011       }
2012 
2013       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
2014         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
2015         return getAddRecExpr(
2016             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
2017             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2018       }
2019     }
2020 
2021   // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
2022   // away the sext build a zext instead.
2023   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
2024     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1);
2025 
2026   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
2027   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
2028   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2029   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2030                                                    Op, Ty);
2031   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2032   addToLoopUseLists(S);
2033   return S;
2034 }
2035 
2036 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
2037 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
2038 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
2039                                               Type *Ty) {
2040   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
2041          "This is not an extending conversion!");
2042   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
2043          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
2044   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
2045 
2046   // Sign-extend negative constants.
2047   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
2048     if (SC->getAPInt().isNegative())
2049       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2050 
2051   // Peel off a truncate cast.
2052   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2053     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
2054     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
2055       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
2056     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
2057   }
2058 
2059   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2060   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2061   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
2062     return ZExt;
2063 
2064   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2065   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2066   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
2067     return SExt;
2068 
2069   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2070   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
2071     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2072     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2073       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
2074     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2075   }
2076 
2077   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2078   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
2079     return SExt;
2080 
2081   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2082   return ZExt;
2083 }
2084 
2085 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2086 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2087 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2088 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2089 ///
2090 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2091 ///
2092 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2093 ///
2094 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2095 ///
2096 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2097 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2098 ///
2099 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2100 ///
2101 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2102 /// the original operand list.
2103 ///
2104 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2105 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2106 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2107 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2108 static bool
2109 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
2110                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
2111                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
2112                              const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
2113                              const APInt &Scale,
2114                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
2115   bool Interesting = false;
2116 
2117   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2118   unsigned i = 0;
2119   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2120     ++i;
2121     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2122     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
2123       Interesting = true;
2124     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getAPInt();
2125   }
2126 
2127   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2128   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2129   for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
2130     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
2131     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2132       APInt NewScale =
2133           Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2134       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
2135         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2136         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
2137         Interesting |=
2138           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2139                                        Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
2140                                        NewScale, SE);
2141       } else {
2142         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2143         // the map.
2144         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
2145         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
2146         auto Pair = M.insert({Key, NewScale});
2147         if (Pair.second) {
2148           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2149         } else {
2150           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
2151           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2152           // a folding opportunity.
2153           Interesting = true;
2154         }
2155       }
2156     } else {
2157       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2158       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
2159           M.insert({Ops[i], Scale});
2160       if (Pair.second) {
2161         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2162       } else {
2163         Pair.first->second += Scale;
2164         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2165         // a folding opportunity.
2166         Interesting = true;
2167       }
2168     }
2169   }
2170 
2171   return Interesting;
2172 }
2173 
2174 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2175 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
2176 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2177 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2178 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
2179                       const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2180                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2181   using namespace std::placeholders;
2182 
2183   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
2184 
2185   bool CanAnalyze =
2186       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
2187   (void)CanAnalyze;
2188   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
2189 
2190   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
2191   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
2192       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2193 
2194   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2195   auto IsKnownNonNegative = [&](const SCEV *S) {
2196     return SE->isKnownNonNegative(S);
2197   };
2198 
2199   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && all_of(Ops, IsKnownNonNegative))
2200     Flags =
2201         ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
2202 
2203   SignOrUnsignWrap = ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2204 
2205   if (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask && Type == scAddExpr &&
2206       Ops.size() == 2 && isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2207 
2208     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nsw> if the addition does not sign overflow
2209     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nuw> if the addition does not unsign overflow
2210 
2211     const APInt &C = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getAPInt();
2212     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
2213       auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2214           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
2215       if (NSWRegion.contains(SE->getSignedRange(Ops[1])))
2216         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2217     }
2218     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
2219       auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2220           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
2221       if (NUWRegion.contains(SE->getUnsignedRange(Ops[1])))
2222         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2223     }
2224   }
2225 
2226   return Flags;
2227 }
2228 
2229 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
2230   if (!isLoopInvariant(S, L))
2231     return false;
2232   // If a value depends on a SCEVUnknown which is defined after the loop, we
2233   // conservatively assume that we cannot calculate it at the loop's entry.
2234   struct FindDominatedSCEVUnknown {
2235     bool Found = false;
2236     const Loop *L;
2237     DominatorTree &DT;
2238     LoopInfo &LI;
2239 
2240     FindDominatedSCEVUnknown(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, LoopInfo &LI)
2241         : L(L), DT(DT), LI(LI) {}
2242 
2243     bool checkSCEVUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *SU) {
2244       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
2245         if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), I->getParent()))
2246           Found = true;
2247         else
2248           assert(DT.dominates(I->getParent(), L->getHeader()) &&
2249                  "No dominance relationship between SCEV and loop?");
2250       }
2251       return false;
2252     }
2253 
2254     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2255       switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
2256       case scConstant:
2257         return false;
2258       case scAddRecExpr:
2259       case scTruncate:
2260       case scZeroExtend:
2261       case scSignExtend:
2262       case scAddExpr:
2263       case scMulExpr:
2264       case scUMaxExpr:
2265       case scSMaxExpr:
2266       case scUDivExpr:
2267         return true;
2268       case scUnknown:
2269         return checkSCEVUnknown(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S));
2270       case scCouldNotCompute:
2271         llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
2272       }
2273       return false;
2274     }
2275 
2276     bool isDone() { return Found; }
2277   };
2278 
2279   FindDominatedSCEVUnknown FSU(L, DT, LI);
2280   SCEVTraversal<FindDominatedSCEVUnknown> ST(FSU);
2281   ST.visitAll(S);
2282   return !FSU.Found;
2283 }
2284 
2285 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2286 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2287                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2288                                         unsigned Depth) {
2289   assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
2290          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2291   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2292   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2293 #ifndef NDEBUG
2294   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2295   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2296     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2297            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2298 #endif
2299 
2300   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2301   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2302 
2303   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags);
2304 
2305   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2306   unsigned Idx = 0;
2307   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2308     ++Idx;
2309     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2310     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2311       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2312       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt() + RHSC->getAPInt());
2313       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
2314       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2315       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2316     }
2317 
2318     // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
2319     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2320       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2321       --Idx;
2322     }
2323 
2324     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2325   }
2326 
2327   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2328   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2329     return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2330 
2331   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2332   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
2333   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2334   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
2335   bool FoundMatch = false;
2336   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
2337     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
2338       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2339       unsigned Count = 2;
2340       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
2341         ++Count;
2342       // Merge the values into a multiply.
2343       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
2344       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2345       if (Ops.size() == Count)
2346         return Mul;
2347       Ops[i] = Mul;
2348       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
2349       --i; e -= Count - 1;
2350       FoundMatch = true;
2351     }
2352   if (FoundMatch)
2353     return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2354 
2355   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2356   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2357   // folded. eg., n*trunc(x) + m*trunc(y) --> trunc(trunc(m)*x + trunc(n)*y)
2358   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2359   auto FindTruncSrcType = [&]() -> Type * {
2360     // We're ultimately looking to fold an addrec of truncs and muls of only
2361     // constants and truncs, so if we find any other types of SCEV
2362     // as operands of the addrec then we bail and return nullptr here.
2363     // Otherwise, we return the type of the operand of a trunc that we find.
2364     if (auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]))
2365       return T->getOperand()->getType();
2366     if (const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2367       const auto *LastOp = Mul->getOperand(Mul->getNumOperands() - 1);
2368       if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(LastOp))
2369         return T->getOperand()->getType();
2370     }
2371     return nullptr;
2372   };
2373   if (auto *SrcType = FindTruncSrcType()) {
2374     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
2375     bool Ok = true;
2376     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2377     // source type of the truncate.
2378     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2379       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2380         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2381           Ok = false;
2382           break;
2383         }
2384         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2385       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2386         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2387       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2388         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
2389         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
2390           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
2391                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2392             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2393               Ok = false;
2394               break;
2395             }
2396             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2397           } else if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2398             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2399           } else {
2400             Ok = false;
2401             break;
2402           }
2403         }
2404         if (Ok)
2405           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2406       } else {
2407         Ok = false;
2408         break;
2409       }
2410     }
2411     if (Ok) {
2412       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2413       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2414       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2415       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
2416         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, Ty);
2417     }
2418   }
2419 
2420   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2421   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
2422     ++Idx;
2423 
2424   // If there are add operands they would be next.
2425   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2426     bool DeletedAdd = false;
2427     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2428       if (Ops.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold ||
2429           Add->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold)
2430         break;
2431       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2432       // list.
2433       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2434       Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
2435       DeletedAdd = true;
2436     }
2437 
2438     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2439     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2440     // any operands we just acquired.
2441     if (DeletedAdd)
2442       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2443   }
2444 
2445   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2446   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2447     ++Idx;
2448 
2449   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2450   // operands multiplied by constant values.
2451   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2452     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
2453     DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
2454     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
2455     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
2456     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2457                                      Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
2458                                      APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
2459       struct APIntCompare {
2460         bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
2461           return LHS.ult(RHS);
2462         }
2463       };
2464 
2465       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2466       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2467       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2468       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
2469       for (const SCEV *NewOp : NewOps)
2470         MulOpLists[M.find(NewOp)->second].push_back(NewOp);
2471       // Re-generate the operands list.
2472       Ops.clear();
2473       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
2474         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
2475       for (auto &MulOp : MulOpLists)
2476         if (MulOp.first != 0)
2477           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(
2478               getConstant(MulOp.first),
2479               getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2480               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2481       if (Ops.empty())
2482         return getZero(Ty);
2483       if (Ops.size() == 1)
2484         return Ops[0];
2485       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2486     }
2487   }
2488 
2489   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2490   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
2491   // the multiply.
2492   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2493     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2494     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
2495       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
2496       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
2497         continue;
2498       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
2499         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
2500           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2501           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2502           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2503             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2504             // Y*Z term.
2505             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2506                                                 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2507             MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2508             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2509           }
2510           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {getOne(Ty), InnerMul};
2511           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2512           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV,
2513                                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2514           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2515           if (AddOp < Idx) {
2516             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
2517             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
2518           } else {
2519             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2520             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
2521           }
2522           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2523           return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2524         }
2525 
2526       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2527       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
2528            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2529            ++OtherMulIdx) {
2530         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2531         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2532         // together.
2533         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
2534              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
2535           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
2536             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2537             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2538             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2539               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2540                                                   Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2541               MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2542               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2543             }
2544             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2545             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2546               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
2547                                                   OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
2548               MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
2549               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2550             }
2551             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {InnerMul1, InnerMul2};
2552             const SCEV *InnerMulSum =
2553                 getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2554             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum,
2555                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2556             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2557             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2558             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2559             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2560             return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2561           }
2562       }
2563     }
2564   }
2565 
2566   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2567   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2568   // recurrence.
2569   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2570     ++Idx;
2571 
2572   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2573   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2574     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2575     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2576     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2577     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2578     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2579     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2580       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2581         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2582         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2583         --i; --e;
2584       }
2585 
2586     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2587     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2588       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2589       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2590 
2591       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2592                                              AddRec->op_end());
2593       // This follows from the fact that the no-wrap flags on the outer add
2594       // expression are applicable on the 0th iteration, when the add recurrence
2595       // will be equal to its start value.
2596       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2597 
2598       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2599       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2600       // Always propagate NW.
2601       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2602       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2603 
2604       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2605       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2606 
2607       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2608       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2609         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2610           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2611           break;
2612         }
2613       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2614     }
2615 
2616     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2617     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2618     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2619     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2620          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2621          ++OtherIdx) {
2622       // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2623       // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2624       assert(DT.dominates(
2625            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2626            AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2627         "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2628       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2629         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2630         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2631                                                AddRec->op_end());
2632         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2633              ++OtherIdx) {
2634           const auto *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2635           if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2636             for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2637                  i != e; ++i) {
2638               if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2639                 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
2640                                  OtherAddRec->op_end());
2641                 break;
2642               }
2643               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {
2644                   AddRecOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)};
2645               AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2646             }
2647             Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2648           }
2649         }
2650         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2651         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2652         return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2653       }
2654     }
2655 
2656     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2657     // next one.
2658   }
2659 
2660   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2661   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2662   return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2663 }
2664 
2665 const SCEV *
2666 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2667                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2668   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2669   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2670   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
2671     ID.AddPointer(Op);
2672   void *IP = nullptr;
2673   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2674       static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2675   if (!S) {
2676     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2677     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2678     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2679         SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size());
2680     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2681     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2682   }
2683   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2684   return S;
2685 }
2686 
2687 const SCEV *
2688 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2689                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2690   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2691   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
2692   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2693     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2694   void *IP = nullptr;
2695   SCEVMulExpr *S =
2696     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2697   if (!S) {
2698     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2699     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2700     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2701                                         O, Ops.size());
2702     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2703     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2704   }
2705   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2706   return S;
2707 }
2708 
2709 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
2710   uint64_t k = i*j;
2711   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
2712   return k;
2713 }
2714 
2715 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
2716 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
2717 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
2718 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
2719   // We use the multiplicative formula:
2720   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
2721   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
2722   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
2723   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
2724   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
2725   // final result would fit.
2726 
2727   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
2728   if (k > n) return 0;
2729 
2730   if (k > n/2)
2731     k = n-k;
2732 
2733   uint64_t r = 1;
2734   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
2735     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
2736     r /= i;
2737   }
2738   return r;
2739 }
2740 
2741 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
2742 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
2743 static bool containsConstantInAddMulChain(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
2744   struct FindConstantInAddMulChain {
2745     bool FoundConstant = false;
2746 
2747     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2748       FoundConstant |= isa<SCEVConstant>(S);
2749       return isa<SCEVAddExpr>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
2750     }
2751 
2752     bool isDone() const {
2753       return FoundConstant;
2754     }
2755   };
2756 
2757   FindConstantInAddMulChain F;
2758   SCEVTraversal<FindConstantInAddMulChain> ST(F);
2759   ST.visitAll(StartExpr);
2760   return F.FoundConstant;
2761 }
2762 
2763 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
2764 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2765                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2766                                         unsigned Depth) {
2767   assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2768          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2769   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
2770   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2771 #ifndef NDEBUG
2772   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2773   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2774     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2775            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
2776 #endif
2777 
2778   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2779   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2780 
2781   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags);
2782 
2783   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2784   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2785     return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2786 
2787   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2788   unsigned Idx = 0;
2789   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2790 
2791     // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
2792     if (Ops.size() == 2)
2793         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
2794           // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant,
2795           // apply this transformation as well.
2796           if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2)
2797             // TODO: There are some cases where this transformation is not
2798             // profitable, for example:
2799             // Add = (C0 + X) * Y + Z.
2800             // Maybe the scope of this transformation should be narrowed down.
2801             if (containsConstantInAddMulChain(Add))
2802               return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0),
2803                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2804                                 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1),
2805                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2806                                 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2807 
2808     ++Idx;
2809     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2810       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2811       ConstantInt *Fold =
2812           ConstantInt::get(getContext(), LHSC->getAPInt() * RHSC->getAPInt());
2813       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2814       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2815       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2816       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2817     }
2818 
2819     // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
2820     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isOne()) {
2821       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2822       --Idx;
2823     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
2824       // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
2825       return Ops[0];
2826     } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
2827       // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
2828       // add operands.
2829       if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2830         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2831           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2832           bool AnyFolded = false;
2833           for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
2834             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2835                                          Depth + 1);
2836             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
2837             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
2838           }
2839           if (AnyFolded)
2840             return getAddExpr(NewOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2841         } else if (const auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2842           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
2843           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2844           for (const SCEV *AddRecOp : AddRec->operands())
2845             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddRecOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2846                                           Depth + 1));
2847 
2848           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
2849                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
2850         }
2851       }
2852     }
2853 
2854     if (Ops.size() == 1)
2855       return Ops[0];
2856   }
2857 
2858   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2859   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2860     ++Idx;
2861 
2862   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
2863   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2864     bool DeletedMul = false;
2865     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2866       if (Ops.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold)
2867         break;
2868       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
2869       // operands list.
2870       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2871       Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
2872       DeletedMul = true;
2873     }
2874 
2875     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
2876     // list, and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and
2877     // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
2878     if (DeletedMul)
2879       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2880   }
2881 
2882   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2883   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2884   // recurrence.
2885   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2886     ++Idx;
2887 
2888   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2889   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2890     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
2891     // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2892     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2893     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2894     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2895     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2896       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2897         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2898         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2899         --i; --e;
2900       }
2901 
2902     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2903     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2904       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
2905       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2906       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
2907       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2908       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2909         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i),
2910                                     SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2911 
2912       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2913       // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2914       //
2915       // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
2916       // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
2917       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2918       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2919 
2920       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2921       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2922 
2923       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2924       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2925         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2926           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2927           break;
2928         }
2929       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2930     }
2931 
2932     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
2933     // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
2934     // being multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
2935 
2936     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
2937     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
2938     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
2939     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
2940     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
2941     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
2942     //
2943     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
2944     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
2945     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
2946     bool OpsModified = false;
2947     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2948          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2949          ++OtherIdx) {
2950       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2951         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2952       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
2953         continue;
2954 
2955       // Limit max number of arguments to avoid creation of unreasonably big
2956       // SCEVAddRecs with very complex operands.
2957       if (AddRec->getNumOperands() + OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1 >
2958           MaxAddRecSize)
2959         continue;
2960 
2961       bool Overflow = false;
2962       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
2963       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
2964       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
2965       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
2966              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
2967         const SCEV *Term = getZero(Ty);
2968         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
2969           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
2970           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
2971                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
2972                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
2973             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
2974             uint64_t Coeff;
2975             if (LargerThan64Bits)
2976               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
2977             else
2978               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
2979             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
2980             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
2981             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
2982             Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1, Term2,
2983                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2984                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2985           }
2986         }
2987         AddRecOps.push_back(Term);
2988       }
2989       if (!Overflow) {
2990         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
2991                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2992         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
2993         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
2994         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2995         OpsModified = true;
2996         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
2997         if (!AddRec)
2998           break;
2999       }
3000     }
3001     if (OpsModified)
3002       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3003 
3004     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
3005     // next one.
3006   }
3007 
3008   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
3009   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3010   return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
3011 }
3012 
3013 /// Represents an unsigned remainder expression based on unsigned division.
3014 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getURemExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3015                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3016   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3017          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3018          "SCEVURemExpr operand types don't match!");
3019 
3020   // Short-circuit easy cases
3021   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3022     // If constant is one, the result is trivial
3023     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3024       return getZero(LHS->getType()); // X urem 1 --> 0
3025 
3026     // If constant is a power of two, fold into a zext(trunc(LHS)).
3027     if (RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
3028       Type *FullTy = LHS->getType();
3029       Type *TruncTy =
3030           IntegerType::get(getContext(), RHSC->getAPInt().logBase2());
3031       return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(LHS, TruncTy), FullTy);
3032     }
3033   }
3034 
3035   // Fallback to %a == %x urem %y == %x -<nuw> ((%x udiv %y) *<nuw> %y)
3036   const SCEV *UDiv = getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3037   const SCEV *Mult = getMulExpr(UDiv, RHS, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3038   return getMinusSCEV(LHS, Mult, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3039 }
3040 
3041 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3042 /// possible.
3043 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3044                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3045   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3046          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3047          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
3048 
3049   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3050     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3051       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
3052     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
3053     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
3054     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
3055     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
3056       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
3057       // its operands.
3058       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
3059       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
3060       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getAPInt().countLeadingZeros();
3061       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
3062       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
3063       // nearest power of two.
3064       if (!RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
3065         ++MaxShiftAmt;
3066       IntegerType *ExtTy =
3067         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
3068       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
3069         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
3070             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
3071           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
3072           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getAPInt();
3073           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getAPInt();
3074           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
3075               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3076               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3077                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3078                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3079             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3080             for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
3081               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op, RHS));
3082             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3083           }
3084           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
3085           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
3086           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
3087           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
3088           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
3089               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3090               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3091                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3092                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3093             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getAPInt();
3094             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
3095             if (StartRem != 0)
3096               LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
3097                                   AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3098           }
3099         }
3100       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
3101       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
3102         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3103         for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
3104           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3105         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
3106           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3107           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3108             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
3109             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
3110             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
3111               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
3112                                                       M->op_end());
3113               Operands[i] = Div;
3114               return getMulExpr(Operands);
3115             }
3116           }
3117       }
3118       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3119       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
3120         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3121         for (const SCEV *Op : A->operands())
3122           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3123         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
3124           Operands.clear();
3125           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3126             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
3127             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
3128                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
3129               break;
3130             Operands.push_back(Op);
3131           }
3132           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
3133             return getAddExpr(Operands);
3134         }
3135       }
3136 
3137       // Fold if both operands are constant.
3138       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
3139         Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
3140         Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
3141         return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
3142                                                                    RHSCV)));
3143       }
3144     }
3145   }
3146 
3147   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3148   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3149   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3150   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3151   void *IP = nullptr;
3152   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3153   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3154                                              LHS, RHS);
3155   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3156   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3157   return S;
3158 }
3159 
3160 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
3161   APInt A = C1->getAPInt().abs();
3162   APInt B = C2->getAPInt().abs();
3163   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
3164   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
3165 
3166   if (ABW > BBW)
3167     B = B.zext(ABW);
3168   else if (ABW < BBW)
3169     A = A.zext(BBW);
3170 
3171   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A), std::move(B));
3172 }
3173 
3174 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3175 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3176 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.  We can't do this when
3177 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3178 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3179                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
3180   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3181   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3182   // end of this file for inspiration.
3183 
3184   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3185   if (!Mul || !Mul->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3186     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3187 
3188   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3189     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3190     // first element of the mulexpr.
3191     if (const auto *LHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
3192       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
3193         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3194         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3195         return getMulExpr(Operands);
3196       }
3197 
3198       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3199       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3200       // check.
3201       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
3202       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
3203         LHSCst =
3204             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(LHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3205         RHSCst =
3206             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(RHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3207         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3208         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
3209         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3210         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
3211         RHS = RHSCst;
3212         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3213         if (!Mul)
3214           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
3215       }
3216     }
3217   }
3218 
3219   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3220     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
3221       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3222       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
3223       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
3224       return getMulExpr(Operands);
3225     }
3226   }
3227 
3228   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3229 }
3230 
3231 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3232 /// expression as much as possible.
3233 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
3234                                            const Loop *L,
3235                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3236   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3237   Operands.push_back(Start);
3238   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
3239     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
3240       Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
3241       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
3242     }
3243 
3244   Operands.push_back(Step);
3245   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3246 }
3247 
3248 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3249 /// expression as much as possible.
3250 const SCEV *
3251 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
3252                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3253   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
3254 #ifndef NDEBUG
3255   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
3256   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3257     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3258            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3259   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3260     assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
3261            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
3262 #endif
3263 
3264   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
3265     Operands.pop_back();
3266     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
3267   }
3268 
3269   // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3270   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3271   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3272   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3273   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3274 
3275   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
3276 
3277   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3278   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
3279     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
3280     if (L->contains(NestedLoop)
3281             ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth())
3282             : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
3283                DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
3284       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
3285                                                   NestedAR->op_end());
3286       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
3287       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3288       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3289       // requirement.
3290       bool AllInvariant = all_of(
3291           Operands, [&](const SCEV *Op) { return isLoopInvariant(Op, L); });
3292 
3293       if (AllInvariant) {
3294         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3295         //
3296         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3297         // inner recurrence has the same property.
3298         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
3299           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
3300 
3301         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
3302         AllInvariant = all_of(NestedOperands, [&](const SCEV *Op) {
3303           return isLoopInvariant(Op, NestedLoop);
3304         });
3305 
3306         if (AllInvariant) {
3307           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3308           //
3309           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3310           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3311           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
3312             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
3313           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
3314         }
3315       }
3316       // Reset Operands to its original state.
3317       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
3318     }
3319   }
3320 
3321   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
3322   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3323   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3324   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
3325   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3326     ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
3327   ID.AddPointer(L);
3328   void *IP = nullptr;
3329   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
3330     static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
3331   if (!S) {
3332     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
3333     std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
3334     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3335                                            O, Operands.size(), L);
3336     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3337     addToLoopUseLists(S);
3338   }
3339   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
3340   return S;
3341 }
3342 
3343 const SCEV *
3344 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator *GEP,
3345                             const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs) {
3346   const SCEV *BaseExpr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3347   // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3348   // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3349   Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
3350   // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP
3351   // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control
3352   // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
3353   // context. This can be fixed similarly to how these flags are handled for
3354   // adds.
3355   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW
3356                                              : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3357 
3358   const SCEV *TotalOffset = getZero(IntPtrTy);
3359   // The array size is unimportant. The first thing we do on CurTy is getting
3360   // its element type.
3361   Type *CurTy = ArrayType::get(GEP->getSourceElementType(), 0);
3362   for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
3363     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3364     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
3365       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3366       ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
3367       unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
3368       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo);
3369 
3370       // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
3371       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
3372 
3373       // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3374       CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
3375     } else {
3376       // Update CurTy to its element type.
3377       CurTy = cast<SequentialType>(CurTy)->getElementType();
3378       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3379       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, CurTy);
3380       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3381       IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntPtrTy);
3382 
3383       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3384       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, Wrap);
3385 
3386       // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
3387       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
3388     }
3389   }
3390 
3391   // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
3392   return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, TotalOffset, Wrap);
3393 }
3394 
3395 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3396                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3397   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3398   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3399 }
3400 
3401 const SCEV *
3402 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3403   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
3404   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3405 #ifndef NDEBUG
3406   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3407   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3408     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3409            "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3410 #endif
3411 
3412   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3413   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3414 
3415   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3416   unsigned Idx = 0;
3417   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3418     ++Idx;
3419     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3420     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3421       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3422       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3423           getContext(), APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3424       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3425       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3426       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3427       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3428     }
3429 
3430     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3431     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
3432       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3433       --Idx;
3434     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
3435       // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3436       // maximum-int.
3437       return Ops[0];
3438     }
3439 
3440     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3441   }
3442 
3443   // Find the first SMax
3444   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
3445     ++Idx;
3446 
3447   // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
3448   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3449   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3450     bool DeletedSMax = false;
3451     while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3452       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3453       Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
3454       DeletedSMax = true;
3455     }
3456 
3457     if (DeletedSMax)
3458       return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3459   }
3460 
3461   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3462   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3463   // be adjacent.
3464   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3465     //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
3466     //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3467     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3468         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3469       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3470       --i; --e;
3471     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3472       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3473       --i; --e;
3474     }
3475 
3476   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3477 
3478   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3479 
3480   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
3481   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3482   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3483   ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
3484   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3485     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3486   void *IP = nullptr;
3487   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3488   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3489   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3490   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3491                                              O, Ops.size());
3492   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3493   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3494   return S;
3495 }
3496 
3497 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3498                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3499   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3500   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3501 }
3502 
3503 const SCEV *
3504 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3505   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
3506   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3507 #ifndef NDEBUG
3508   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3509   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3510     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3511            "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3512 #endif
3513 
3514   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3515   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3516 
3517   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3518   unsigned Idx = 0;
3519   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3520     ++Idx;
3521     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3522     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3523       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3524       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3525           getContext(), APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3526       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3527       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3528       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3529       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3530     }
3531 
3532     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3533     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
3534       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3535       --Idx;
3536     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
3537       // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3538       // maximum-int.
3539       return Ops[0];
3540     }
3541 
3542     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3543   }
3544 
3545   // Find the first UMax
3546   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
3547     ++Idx;
3548 
3549   // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
3550   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3551   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3552     bool DeletedUMax = false;
3553     while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3554       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3555       Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
3556       DeletedUMax = true;
3557     }
3558 
3559     if (DeletedUMax)
3560       return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3561   }
3562 
3563   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3564   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3565   // be adjacent.
3566   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3567     //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
3568     //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3569     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3570         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3571       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3572       --i; --e;
3573     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3574       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3575       --i; --e;
3576     }
3577 
3578   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3579 
3580   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
3581 
3582   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
3583   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3584   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3585   ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
3586   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3587     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3588   void *IP = nullptr;
3589   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3590   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3591   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3592   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3593                                              O, Ops.size());
3594   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3595   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3596   return S;
3597 }
3598 
3599 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3600                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3601   // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y).
3602   return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3603 }
3604 
3605 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3606                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3607   // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y)
3608   return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3609 }
3610 
3611 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
3612   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3613   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3614   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3615   return getConstant(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
3616 }
3617 
3618 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
3619                                              StructType *STy,
3620                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
3621   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3622   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3623   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3624   return getConstant(
3625       IntTy, getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
3626 }
3627 
3628 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
3629   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
3630   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
3631   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
3632   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
3633 
3634   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3635   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
3636   ID.AddPointer(V);
3637   void *IP = nullptr;
3638   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
3639     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
3640            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
3641     return S;
3642   }
3643   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
3644                                             FirstUnknown);
3645   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3646   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3647   return S;
3648 }
3649 
3650 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3651 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
3652 //
3653 
3654 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
3655 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
3656 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
3657 /// target-specific information.
3658 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
3659   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
3660   return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy();
3661 }
3662 
3663 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
3664 /// return true.
3665 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
3666   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3667   return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3668 }
3669 
3670 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
3671 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
3672 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer-sized integer type.
3673 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
3674   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3675 
3676   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
3677     return Ty;
3678 
3679   // The only other support type is pointer.
3680   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
3681   return getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Ty);
3682 }
3683 
3684 Type *ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type *T1, Type *T2) const {
3685   return  getTypeSizeInBits(T1) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2) ? T1 : T2;
3686 }
3687 
3688 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
3689   return CouldNotCompute.get();
3690 }
3691 
3692 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
3693   bool ContainsNulls = SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
3694     auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3695     return SU && SU->getValue() == nullptr;
3696   });
3697 
3698   return !ContainsNulls;
3699 }
3700 
3701 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV *S) {
3702   HasRecMapType::iterator I = HasRecMap.find(S);
3703   if (I != HasRecMap.end())
3704     return I->second;
3705 
3706   bool FoundAddRec = SCEVExprContains(S, isa<SCEVAddRecExpr, const SCEV *>);
3707   HasRecMap.insert({S, FoundAddRec});
3708   return FoundAddRec;
3709 }
3710 
3711 /// Try to split a SCEVAddExpr into a pair of {SCEV, ConstantInt}.
3712 /// If \p S is a SCEVAddExpr and is composed of a sub SCEV S' and an
3713 /// offset I, then return {S', I}, else return {\p S, nullptr}.
3714 static std::pair<const SCEV *, ConstantInt *> splitAddExpr(const SCEV *S) {
3715   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
3716   if (!Add)
3717     return {S, nullptr};
3718 
3719   if (Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
3720     return {S, nullptr};
3721 
3722   auto *ConstOp = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
3723   if (!ConstOp)
3724     return {S, nullptr};
3725 
3726   return {Add->getOperand(1), ConstOp->getValue()};
3727 }
3728 
3729 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
3730 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
3731 SetVector<ScalarEvolution::ValueOffsetPair> *
3732 ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV *S) {
3733   ExprValueMapType::iterator SI = ExprValueMap.find_as(S);
3734   if (SI == ExprValueMap.end())
3735     return nullptr;
3736 #ifndef NDEBUG
3737   if (VerifySCEVMap) {
3738     // Check there is no dangling Value in the set returned.
3739     for (const auto &VE : SI->second)
3740       assert(ValueExprMap.count(VE.first));
3741   }
3742 #endif
3743   return &SI->second;
3744 }
3745 
3746 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
3747 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
3748 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
3749 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value *V) {
3750   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3751   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3752     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3753     // Remove {V, 0} from the set of ExprValueMap[S]
3754     if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(S))
3755       SV->remove({V, nullptr});
3756 
3757     // Remove {V, Offset} from the set of ExprValueMap[Stripped]
3758     const SCEV *Stripped;
3759     ConstantInt *Offset;
3760     std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3761     if (Offset != nullptr) {
3762       if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(Stripped))
3763         SV->remove({V, Offset});
3764     }
3765     ValueExprMap.erase(V);
3766   }
3767 }
3768 
3769 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
3770 /// create a new one.
3771 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
3772   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3773 
3774   const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V);
3775   if (S == nullptr) {
3776     S = createSCEV(V);
3777     // During PHI resolution, it is possible to create two SCEVs for the same
3778     // V, so it is needed to double check whether V->S is inserted into
3779     // ValueExprMap before insert S->{V, 0} into ExprValueMap.
3780     std::pair<ValueExprMapType::iterator, bool> Pair =
3781         ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S});
3782     if (Pair.second) {
3783       ExprValueMap[S].insert({V, nullptr});
3784 
3785       // If S == Stripped + Offset, add Stripped -> {V, Offset} into
3786       // ExprValueMap.
3787       const SCEV *Stripped = S;
3788       ConstantInt *Offset = nullptr;
3789       std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3790       // If stripped is SCEVUnknown, don't bother to save
3791       // Stripped -> {V, offset}. It doesn't simplify and sometimes even
3792       // increase the complexity of the expansion code.
3793       // If V is GetElementPtrInst, don't save Stripped -> {V, offset}
3794       // because it may generate add/sub instead of GEP in SCEV expansion.
3795       if (Offset != nullptr && !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Stripped) &&
3796           !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V))
3797         ExprValueMap[Stripped].insert({V, Offset});
3798     }
3799   }
3800   return S;
3801 }
3802 
3803 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) {
3804   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3805 
3806   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3807   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3808     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3809     if (checkValidity(S))
3810       return S;
3811     eraseValueFromMap(V);
3812     forgetMemoizedResults(S);
3813   }
3814   return nullptr;
3815 }
3816 
3817 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
3818 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V,
3819                                              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3820   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3821     return getConstant(
3822                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
3823 
3824   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3825   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3826   return getMulExpr(
3827       V, getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))), Flags);
3828 }
3829 
3830 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
3831 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3832   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3833     return getConstant(
3834                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
3835 
3836   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3837   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3838   const SCEV *AllOnes =
3839                    getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
3840   return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
3841 }
3842 
3843 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
3844                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
3845                                           unsigned Depth) {
3846   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
3847   if (LHS == RHS)
3848     return getZero(LHS->getType());
3849 
3850   // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
3851   // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
3852   auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3853   const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned =
3854       !getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue();
3855   if (maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == SCEV::FlagNSW) {
3856     // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
3857     // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
3858     // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
3859     // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
3860     // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
3861     //
3862     // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
3863     // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
3864     // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
3865     if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) {
3866       AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW;
3867     }
3868   }
3869 
3870   // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
3871   // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
3872   //
3873   // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
3874   // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
3875   // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
3876   // larger scope than intended.
3877   auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3878 
3879   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags, Depth);
3880 }
3881 
3882 const SCEV *
3883 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3884   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3885   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3886          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3887          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3888   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3889     return V;  // No conversion
3890   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3891     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3892   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3893 }
3894 
3895 const SCEV *
3896 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
3897                                          Type *Ty) {
3898   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3899   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3900          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3901          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3902   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3903     return V;  // No conversion
3904   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3905     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3906   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3907 }
3908 
3909 const SCEV *
3910 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3911   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3912   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3913          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3914          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3915   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3916          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
3917   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3918     return V;  // No conversion
3919   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3920 }
3921 
3922 const SCEV *
3923 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3924   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3925   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3926          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3927          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
3928   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3929          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
3930   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3931     return V;  // No conversion
3932   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3933 }
3934 
3935 const SCEV *
3936 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3937   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3938   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3939          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3940          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
3941   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3942          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
3943   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3944     return V;  // No conversion
3945   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3946 }
3947 
3948 const SCEV *
3949 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3950   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3951   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3952          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3953          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
3954   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3955          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
3956   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3957     return V;  // No conversion
3958   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3959 }
3960 
3961 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3962                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3963   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3964   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3965 
3966   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3967     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3968   else
3969     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3970 
3971   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3972 }
3973 
3974 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3975                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3976   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3977   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3978 
3979   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3980     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3981   else
3982     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3983 
3984   return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3985 }
3986 
3987 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
3988   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
3989   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
3990     return V;
3991 
3992   if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) {
3993     return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand());
3994   } else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
3995     const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
3996     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
3997       if (NAryOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
3998         // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands.
3999         if (PtrOp)
4000           return V;
4001         PtrOp = NAryOp;
4002       }
4003     }
4004     if (!PtrOp)
4005       return V;
4006     return getPointerBase(PtrOp);
4007   }
4008   return V;
4009 }
4010 
4011 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
4012 static void
4013 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
4014                    SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
4015   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
4016   for (User *U : I->users())
4017     Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
4018 }
4019 
4020 void ScalarEvolution::forgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
4021   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
4022   PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
4023 
4024   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4025   Visited.insert(PN);
4026   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4027     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4028     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4029       continue;
4030 
4031     auto It = ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4032     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4033       const SCEV *Old = It->second;
4034 
4035       // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
4036       // ceases to appear in expressions.
4037       if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
4038         continue;
4039 
4040       // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
4041       // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
4042       // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
4043       // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
4044       // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
4045       // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
4046       // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
4047       if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
4048           !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
4049           (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
4050         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
4051         forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
4052       }
4053     }
4054 
4055     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4056   }
4057 }
4058 
4059 namespace {
4060 
4061 class SCEVInitRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVInitRewriter> {
4062 public:
4063   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4064                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4065     SCEVInitRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4066     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4067     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4068   }
4069 
4070   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4071     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4072       Valid = false;
4073     return Expr;
4074   }
4075 
4076   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4077     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4078     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4079       return Expr->getStart();
4080     Valid = false;
4081     return Expr;
4082   }
4083 
4084   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4085 
4086 private:
4087   explicit SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4088       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4089 
4090   const Loop *L;
4091   bool Valid = true;
4092 };
4093 
4094 /// This class evaluates the compare condition by matching it against the
4095 /// condition of loop latch. If there is a match we assume a true value
4096 /// for the condition while building SCEV nodes.
4097 class SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
4098     : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder> {
4099 public:
4100   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4101                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4102     bool IsPosBECond = false;
4103     Value *BECond = nullptr;
4104     if (BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch()) {
4105       BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
4106       if (BI && BI->isConditional()) {
4107         assert(BI->getSuccessor(0) != BI->getSuccessor(1) &&
4108                "Both outgoing branches should not target same header!");
4109         BECond = BI->getCondition();
4110         IsPosBECond = BI->getSuccessor(0) == L->getHeader();
4111       } else {
4112         return S;
4113       }
4114     }
4115     SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder Rewriter(L, BECond, IsPosBECond, SE);
4116     return Rewriter.visit(S);
4117   }
4118 
4119   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4120     const SCEV *Result = Expr;
4121     bool InvariantF = SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L);
4122 
4123     if (!InvariantF) {
4124       Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(Expr->getValue());
4125       switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4126       case Instruction::Select: {
4127         SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
4128         Optional<const SCEV *> Res =
4129             compareWithBackedgeCondition(SI->getCondition());
4130         if (Res.hasValue()) {
4131           bool IsOne = cast<SCEVConstant>(Res.getValue())->getValue()->isOne();
4132           Result = SE.getSCEV(IsOne ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue());
4133         }
4134         break;
4135       }
4136       default: {
4137         Optional<const SCEV *> Res = compareWithBackedgeCondition(I);
4138         if (Res.hasValue())
4139           Result = Res.getValue();
4140         break;
4141       }
4142       }
4143     }
4144     return Result;
4145   }
4146 
4147 private:
4148   explicit SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder(const Loop *L, Value *BECond,
4149                                        bool IsPosBECond, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4150       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L), BackedgeCond(BECond),
4151         IsPositiveBECond(IsPosBECond) {}
4152 
4153   Optional<const SCEV *> compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC);
4154 
4155   const Loop *L;
4156   /// Loop back condition.
4157   Value *BackedgeCond = nullptr;
4158   /// Set to true if loop back is on positive branch condition.
4159   bool IsPositiveBECond;
4160 };
4161 
4162 Optional<const SCEV *>
4163 SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC) {
4164 
4165   // If value matches the backedge condition for loop latch,
4166   // then return a constant evolution node based on loopback
4167   // branch taken.
4168   if (BackedgeCond == IC)
4169     return IsPositiveBECond ? SE.getOne(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()))
4170                             : SE.getZero(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()));
4171   return None;
4172 }
4173 
4174 class SCEVShiftRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVShiftRewriter> {
4175 public:
4176   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4177                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4178     SCEVShiftRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4179     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4180     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4181   }
4182 
4183   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4184     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4185     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4186       Valid = false;
4187     return Expr;
4188   }
4189 
4190   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4191     if (Expr->getLoop() == L && Expr->isAffine())
4192       return SE.getMinusSCEV(Expr, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE));
4193     Valid = false;
4194     return Expr;
4195   }
4196 
4197   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4198 
4199 private:
4200   explicit SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4201       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4202 
4203   const Loop *L;
4204   bool Valid = true;
4205 };
4206 
4207 } // end anonymous namespace
4208 
4209 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4210 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4211   if (!AR->isAffine())
4212     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4213 
4214   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
4215 
4216   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4217 
4218   if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4219     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getSignedRange(AR);
4220     ConstantRange IncRange = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4221 
4222     auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4223         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
4224     if (NSWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4225       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4226   }
4227 
4228   if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
4229     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getUnsignedRange(AR);
4230     ConstantRange IncRange = getUnsignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4231 
4232     auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4233         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
4234     if (NUWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4235       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4236   }
4237 
4238   return Result;
4239 }
4240 
4241 namespace {
4242 
4243 /// Represents an abstract binary operation.  This may exist as a
4244 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
4245 /// derived from an expression tree.
4246 struct BinaryOp {
4247   unsigned Opcode;
4248   Value *LHS;
4249   Value *RHS;
4250   bool IsNSW = false;
4251   bool IsNUW = false;
4252 
4253   /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
4254   /// constant expression.
4255   Operator *Op = nullptr;
4256 
4257   explicit BinaryOp(Operator *Op)
4258       : Opcode(Op->getOpcode()), LHS(Op->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op->getOperand(1)),
4259         Op(Op) {
4260     if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op)) {
4261       IsNSW = OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
4262       IsNUW = OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
4263     }
4264   }
4265 
4266   explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW = false,
4267                     bool IsNUW = false)
4268       : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), IsNSW(IsNSW), IsNUW(IsNUW) {}
4269 };
4270 
4271 } // end anonymous namespace
4272 
4273 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c None on failure.
4274 static Optional<BinaryOp> MatchBinaryOp(Value *V, DominatorTree &DT) {
4275   auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
4276   if (!Op)
4277     return None;
4278 
4279   // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
4280   // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
4281   // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
4282 
4283   switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
4284   case Instruction::Add:
4285   case Instruction::Sub:
4286   case Instruction::Mul:
4287   case Instruction::UDiv:
4288   case Instruction::URem:
4289   case Instruction::And:
4290   case Instruction::Or:
4291   case Instruction::AShr:
4292   case Instruction::Shl:
4293     return BinaryOp(Op);
4294 
4295   case Instruction::Xor:
4296     if (auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1)))
4297       // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
4298       // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
4299       if (RHSC->getValue().isSignMask())
4300         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
4301     return BinaryOp(Op);
4302 
4303   case Instruction::LShr:
4304     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
4305     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
4306       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
4307 
4308       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4309       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4310       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4311       // other parts of the compiler.
4312       if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
4313         Constant *X =
4314             ConstantInt::get(SA->getContext(),
4315                              APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4316         return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv, Op->getOperand(0), X);
4317       }
4318     }
4319     return BinaryOp(Op);
4320 
4321   case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
4322     auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(Op);
4323     if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI->getIndices()[0] != 0)
4324       break;
4325 
4326     auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand());
4327     if (!CI)
4328       break;
4329 
4330     if (auto *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
4331       switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
4332       case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
4333       case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
4334         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4335           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4336                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4337 
4338         // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
4339         // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
4340         // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
4341         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow)
4342           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4343                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4344                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4345         else
4346           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4347                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4348                           /* IsNUW*/ true);
4349       case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
4350       case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
4351         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4352           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4353                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4354 
4355         // The same reasoning as sadd/uadd above.
4356         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow)
4357           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4358                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4359                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4360         else
4361           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4362                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4363                           /* IsNUW = */ true);
4364       case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
4365       case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
4366         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Mul, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4367                         CI->getArgOperand(1));
4368       default:
4369         break;
4370       }
4371   }
4372 
4373   default:
4374     break;
4375   }
4376 
4377   return None;
4378 }
4379 
4380 /// Helper function to createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts. We have a phi
4381 /// node whose symbolic (unknown) SCEV is \p SymbolicPHI, which is updated via
4382 /// the loop backedge by a SCEVAddExpr, possibly also with a few casts on the
4383 /// way. This function checks if \p Op, an operand of this SCEVAddExpr,
4384 /// follows one of the following patterns:
4385 /// Op == (SExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4386 /// Op == (ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4387 /// If the SCEV expression of \p Op conforms with one of the expected patterns
4388 /// we return the type of the truncation operation, and indicate whether the
4389 /// truncated type should be treated as signed/unsigned by setting
4390 /// \p Signed to true/false, respectively.
4391 static Type *isSimpleCastedPHI(const SCEV *Op, const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI,
4392                                bool &Signed, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4393   // The case where Op == SymbolicPHI (that is, with no type conversions on
4394   // the way) is handled by the regular add recurrence creating logic and
4395   // would have already been triggered in createAddRecForPHI. Reaching it here
4396   // means that createAddRecFromPHI had failed for this PHI before (e.g.,
4397   // because one of the other operands of the SCEVAddExpr updating this PHI is
4398   // not invariant).
4399   //
4400   // Here we look for the case where Op = (ext(trunc(SymbolicPHI))), and in
4401   // this case predicates that allow us to prove that Op == SymbolicPHI will
4402   // be added.
4403   if (Op == SymbolicPHI)
4404     return nullptr;
4405 
4406   unsigned SourceBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(SymbolicPHI->getType());
4407   unsigned NewBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType());
4408   if (SourceBits != NewBits)
4409     return nullptr;
4410 
4411   const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op);
4412   const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op);
4413   if (!SExt && !ZExt)
4414     return nullptr;
4415   const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc =
4416       SExt ? dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SExt->getOperand())
4417            : dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand());
4418   if (!Trunc)
4419     return nullptr;
4420   const SCEV *X = Trunc->getOperand();
4421   if (X != SymbolicPHI)
4422     return nullptr;
4423   Signed = SExt != nullptr;
4424   return Trunc->getType();
4425 }
4426 
4427 static const Loop *isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(const PHINode *PN, LoopInfo &LI) {
4428   if (!PN->getType()->isIntegerTy())
4429     return nullptr;
4430   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4431   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4432     return nullptr;
4433   return L;
4434 }
4435 
4436 // Analyze \p SymbolicPHI, a SCEV expression of a phi node, and check if the
4437 // computation that updates the phi follows the following pattern:
4438 //   (SExt/ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy) + InvariantAccum
4439 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->sext/zext->add->phi update chain.
4440 // If so, try to see if it can be rewritten as an AddRecExpr under some
4441 // Predicates. If successful, return them as a pair. Also cache the results
4442 // of the analysis.
4443 //
4444 // Example usage scenario:
4445 //    Say the Rewriter is called for the following SCEV:
4446 //         8 * ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4447 //    where:
4448 //         %X = phi i64 (%Start, %BEValue)
4449 //    It will visitMul->visitAdd->visitSExt->visitTrunc->visitUnknown(%X),
4450 //    and call this function with %SymbolicPHI = %X.
4451 //
4452 //    The analysis will find that the value coming around the backedge has
4453 //    the following SCEV:
4454 //         BEValue = ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4455 //    Upon concluding that this matches the desired pattern, the function
4456 //    will return the pair {NewAddRec, SmallPredsVec} where:
4457 //         NewAddRec = {%Start,+,%Step}
4458 //         SmallPredsVec = {P1, P2, P3} as follows:
4459 //           P1(WrapPred): AR: {trunc(%Start),+,(trunc %Step)}<nsw> Flags: <nssw>
4460 //           P2(EqualPred): %Start == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Start to i32) to i64)
4461 //           P3(EqualPred): %Step == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Step to i32) to i64)
4462 //    The returned pair means that SymbolicPHI can be rewritten into NewAddRec
4463 //    under the predicates {P1,P2,P3}.
4464 //    This predicated rewrite will be cached in PredicatedSCEVRewrites:
4465 //         PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{%X,L}] = {NewAddRec, {P1,P2,P3)}
4466 //
4467 // TODO's:
4468 //
4469 // 1) Extend the Induction descriptor to also support inductions that involve
4470 //    casts: When needed (namely, when we are called in the context of the
4471 //    vectorizer induction analysis), a Set of cast instructions will be
4472 //    populated by this method, and provided back to isInductionPHI. This is
4473 //    needed to allow the vectorizer to properly record them to be ignored by
4474 //    the cost model and to avoid vectorizing them (otherwise these casts,
4475 //    which are redundant under the runtime overflow checks, will be
4476 //    vectorized, which can be costly).
4477 //
4478 // 2) Support additional induction/PHISCEV patterns: We also want to support
4479 //    inductions where the sext-trunc / zext-trunc operations (partly) occur
4480 //    after the induction update operation (the induction increment):
4481 //
4482 //      (Trunc iy (SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPHI + InvariantAccum) to iy) to ix)
4483 //    which correspond to a phi->add->trunc->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4484 //
4485 //      (Trunc iy ((SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPhi) to iy) + InvariantAccum) to ix)
4486 //    which correspond to a phi->trunc->add->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4487 //
4488 // 3) Outline common code with createAddRecFromPHI to avoid duplication.
4489 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4490 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4491   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4492 
4493   // *** Part1: Analyze if we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we can
4494   // return an AddRec expression under some predicate.
4495 
4496   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4497   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4498   assert(L && "Expecting an integer loop header phi");
4499 
4500   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4501   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4502   // backedge value.
4503   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4504   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4505     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4506     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4507       if (!BEValueV) {
4508         BEValueV = V;
4509       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4510         BEValueV = nullptr;
4511         break;
4512       }
4513     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4514       StartValueV = V;
4515     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4516       StartValueV = nullptr;
4517       break;
4518     }
4519   }
4520   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4521     return None;
4522 
4523   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4524 
4525   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4526   // value we just inserted, possibly with casts that we can ignore under
4527   // an appropriate runtime guard, then we found a simple induction variable!
4528   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue);
4529   if (!Add)
4530     return None;
4531 
4532   // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, possibly
4533   // casted, replace it with a recurrence.
4534   unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4535   Type *TruncTy = nullptr;
4536   bool Signed;
4537   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4538     if ((TruncTy =
4539              isSimpleCastedPHI(Add->getOperand(i), SymbolicPHI, Signed, *this)))
4540       if (FoundIndex == e) {
4541         FoundIndex = i;
4542         break;
4543       }
4544 
4545   if (FoundIndex == Add->getNumOperands())
4546     return None;
4547 
4548   // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4549   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4550   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4551     if (i != FoundIndex)
4552       Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
4553   const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4554 
4555   // The runtime checks will not be valid if the step amount is
4556   // varying inside the loop.
4557   if (!isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
4558     return None;
4559 
4560   // *** Part2: Create the predicates
4561 
4562   // Analysis was successful: we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we
4563   // can return an AddRec expression under the following predicates:
4564   //
4565   // P1: A Wrap predicate that guarantees that Trunc(Start) + i*Trunc(Accum)
4566   //     fits within the truncated type (does not overflow) for i = 0 to n-1.
4567   // P2: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4568   //     Start = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy)
4569   // P3: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4570   //     Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4571   //
4572   // As we next prove, the above predicates guarantee that:
4573   //     Start + i*Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ( Start + i*Accum ) to ix) to iy)
4574   //
4575   //
4576   // More formally, we want to prove that:
4577   //     Expr(i+1) = Start + (i+1) * Accum
4578   //               = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4579   //
4580   // Given that:
4581   // 1) Expr(0) = Start
4582   // 2) Expr(1) = Start + Accum
4583   //            = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy) + Accum :: from P2
4584   // 3) Induction hypothesis (step i):
4585   //    Expr(i) = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4586   //
4587   // Proof:
4588   //  Expr(i+1) =
4589   //   = Start + (i+1)*Accum
4590   //   = (Start + i*Accum) + Accum
4591   //   = Expr(i) + Accum
4592   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4593   //                                                             :: from step i
4594   //
4595   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4596   //
4597   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy)
4598   //     + (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4599   //     + Accum                                                     :: from P3
4600   //
4601   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ((Start + (i-1)*Accum) + Accum) to ix) to iy)
4602   //     + Accum                            :: from P1: Ext(x)+Ext(y)=>Ext(x+y)
4603   //
4604   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + i*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4605   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4606   //
4607   // By induction, the same applies to all iterations 1<=i<n:
4608   //
4609 
4610   // Create a truncated addrec for which we will add a no overflow check (P1).
4611   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4612   const SCEV *PHISCEV =
4613       getAddRecExpr(getTruncateExpr(StartVal, TruncTy),
4614                     getTruncateExpr(Accum, TruncTy), L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4615 
4616   // PHISCEV can be either a SCEVConstant or a SCEVAddRecExpr.
4617   // ex: If truncated Accum is 0 and StartVal is a constant, then PHISCEV
4618   // will be constant.
4619   //
4620   //  If PHISCEV is a constant, then P1 degenerates into P2 or P3, so we don't
4621   // add P1.
4622   if (const auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
4623     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags =
4624         Signed ? SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
4625                : SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW;
4626     const SCEVPredicate *AddRecPred = getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
4627     Predicates.push_back(AddRecPred);
4628   }
4629 
4630   // Create the Equal Predicates P2,P3:
4631 
4632   // It is possible that the predicates P2 and/or P3 are computable at
4633   // compile time due to StartVal and/or Accum being constants.
4634   // If either one is, then we can check that now and escape if either P2
4635   // or P3 is false.
4636 
4637   // Construct the extended SCEV: (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy)
4638   // for each of StartVal and Accum
4639   auto getExtendedExpr = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4640                              bool CreateSignExtend) -> const SCEV * {
4641     assert(isLoopInvariant(Expr, L) && "Expr is expected to be invariant");
4642     const SCEV *TruncatedExpr = getTruncateExpr(Expr, TruncTy);
4643     const SCEV *ExtendedExpr =
4644         CreateSignExtend ? getSignExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType())
4645                          : getZeroExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType());
4646     return ExtendedExpr;
4647   };
4648 
4649   // Given:
4650   //  ExtendedExpr = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy
4651   //               = getExtendedExpr(Expr)
4652   // Determine whether the predicate P: Expr == ExtendedExpr
4653   // is known to be false at compile time
4654   auto PredIsKnownFalse = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4655                               const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> bool {
4656     return Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4657            isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4658   };
4659 
4660   const SCEV *StartExtended = getExtendedExpr(StartVal, Signed);
4661   if (PredIsKnownFalse(StartVal, StartExtended)) {
4662     DEBUG(dbgs() << "P2 is compile-time false\n";);
4663     return None;
4664   }
4665 
4666   // The Step is always Signed (because the overflow checks are either
4667   // NSSW or NUSW)
4668   const SCEV *AccumExtended = getExtendedExpr(Accum, /*CreateSignExtend=*/true);
4669   if (PredIsKnownFalse(Accum, AccumExtended)) {
4670     DEBUG(dbgs() << "P3 is compile-time false\n";);
4671     return None;
4672   }
4673 
4674   auto AppendPredicate = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4675                              const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> void {
4676     if (Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4677         !isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Expr, ExtendedExpr)) {
4678       const SCEVPredicate *Pred = getEqualPredicate(Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4679       DEBUG (dbgs() << "Added Predicate: " << *Pred);
4680       Predicates.push_back(Pred);
4681     }
4682   };
4683 
4684   AppendPredicate(StartVal, StartExtended);
4685   AppendPredicate(Accum, AccumExtended);
4686 
4687   // *** Part3: Predicates are ready. Now go ahead and create the new addrec in
4688   // which the casts had been folded away. The caller can rewrite SymbolicPHI
4689   // into NewAR if it will also add the runtime overflow checks specified in
4690   // Predicates.
4691   auto *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4692 
4693   std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> PredRewrite =
4694       std::make_pair(NewAR, Predicates);
4695   // Remember the result of the analysis for this SCEV at this locayyytion.
4696   PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = PredRewrite;
4697   return PredRewrite;
4698 }
4699 
4700 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4701 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4702   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4703   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4704   if (!L)
4705     return None;
4706 
4707   // Check to see if we already analyzed this PHI.
4708   auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.find({SymbolicPHI, L});
4709   if (I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end()) {
4710     std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> Rewrite =
4711         I->second;
4712     // Analysis was done before and failed to create an AddRec:
4713     if (Rewrite.first == SymbolicPHI)
4714       return None;
4715     // Analysis was done before and succeeded to create an AddRec under
4716     // a predicate:
4717     assert(isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Rewrite.first) && "Expected an AddRec");
4718     assert(!(Rewrite.second).empty() && "Expected to find Predicates");
4719     return Rewrite;
4720   }
4721 
4722   Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4723     Rewrite = createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(SymbolicPHI);
4724 
4725   // Record in the cache that the analysis failed
4726   if (!Rewrite) {
4727     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4728     PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = {SymbolicPHI, Predicates};
4729     return None;
4730   }
4731 
4732   return Rewrite;
4733 }
4734 
4735 // FIXME: This utility is currently required because the Rewriter currently
4736 // does not rewrite this expression:
4737 // {0, +, (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)}
4738 // into {0, +, %step},
4739 // even when the following Equal predicate exists:
4740 // "%step == (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)".
4741 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::areAddRecsEqualWithPreds(
4742     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR1, const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR2) const {
4743   if (AR1 == AR2)
4744     return true;
4745 
4746   auto areExprsEqual = [&](const SCEV *Expr1, const SCEV *Expr2) -> bool {
4747     if (Expr1 != Expr2 && !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr1, Expr2)) &&
4748         !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr2, Expr1)))
4749       return false;
4750     return true;
4751   };
4752 
4753   if (!areExprsEqual(AR1->getStart(), AR2->getStart()) ||
4754       !areExprsEqual(AR1->getStepRecurrence(SE), AR2->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
4755     return false;
4756   return true;
4757 }
4758 
4759 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
4760 ///
4761 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
4762 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
4763 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
4764 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
4765 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode *PN,
4766                                                       Value *BEValueV,
4767                                                       Value *StartValueV) {
4768   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4769   assert(L && L->getHeader() == PN->getParent());
4770   assert(BEValueV && StartValueV);
4771 
4772   auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT);
4773   if (!BO)
4774     return nullptr;
4775 
4776   if (BO->Opcode != Instruction::Add)
4777     return nullptr;
4778 
4779   const SCEV *Accum = nullptr;
4780   if (BO->LHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->RHS))
4781     Accum = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
4782   else if (BO->RHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->LHS))
4783     Accum = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
4784 
4785   if (!Accum)
4786     return nullptr;
4787 
4788   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4789   if (BO->IsNUW)
4790     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4791   if (BO->IsNSW)
4792     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4793 
4794   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4795   const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4796 
4797   ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4798 
4799   // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4800   // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4801   // overflow.
4802   if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4803     if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4804       (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4805 
4806   return PHISCEV;
4807 }
4808 
4809 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) {
4810   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4811   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4812     return nullptr;
4813 
4814   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4815   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4816   // backedge value.
4817   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4818   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4819     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4820     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4821       if (!BEValueV) {
4822         BEValueV = V;
4823       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4824         BEValueV = nullptr;
4825         break;
4826       }
4827     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4828       StartValueV = V;
4829     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4830       StartValueV = nullptr;
4831       break;
4832     }
4833   }
4834   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4835     return nullptr;
4836 
4837   assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
4838          "PHI node already processed?");
4839 
4840   // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
4841   // value for PN.
4842   if (auto *S = createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN, BEValueV, StartValueV))
4843     return S;
4844 
4845   // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
4846   const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
4847   ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName});
4848 
4849   // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
4850   // the back-edge.
4851   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4852 
4853   // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
4854   // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
4855 
4856   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4857   // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
4858   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
4859     // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
4860     // with a recurrence.
4861     unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4862     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4863       if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
4864         if (FoundIndex == e) {
4865           FoundIndex = i;
4866           break;
4867         }
4868 
4869     if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
4870       // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4871       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4872       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4873         if (i != FoundIndex)
4874           Ops.push_back(SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::rewrite(Add->getOperand(i),
4875                                                              L, *this));
4876       const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4877 
4878       // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
4879       // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
4880       if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
4881           (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
4882            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
4883         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4884 
4885         if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT)) {
4886           if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add && BO->LHS == PN) {
4887             if (BO->IsNUW)
4888               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4889             if (BO->IsNSW)
4890               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4891           }
4892         } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
4893           // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
4894           // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
4895           // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
4896           // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
4897           // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
4898           // indices form a positive value.
4899           if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
4900             Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
4901 
4902             const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
4903             if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
4904               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4905           }
4906 
4907           // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
4908           // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
4909           // for instance.
4910         }
4911 
4912         const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4913         const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4914 
4915         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4916         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4917         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4918         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4919         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4920 
4921         // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4922         // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4923         // overflow.
4924         if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4925           if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4926             (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4927 
4928         return PHISCEV;
4929       }
4930     }
4931   } else {
4932     // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
4933     //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
4934     // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
4935     // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
4936     // i really is an addrec evolution.
4937     //
4938     // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
4939     // by one iteration:
4940     //   PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
4941     const SCEV *Shifted = SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue, L, *this);
4942     const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted, L, *this);
4943     if (Shifted != getCouldNotCompute() &&
4944         Start != getCouldNotCompute()) {
4945       const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4946       if (Start == StartVal) {
4947         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4948         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4949         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4950         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4951         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = Shifted;
4952         return Shifted;
4953       }
4954     }
4955   }
4956 
4957   // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
4958   // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
4959   // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
4960   // to the ValueExprMap.
4961   eraseValueFromMap(PN);
4962 
4963   return nullptr;
4964 }
4965 
4966 // Checks if the SCEV S is available at BB.  S is considered available at BB
4967 // if S can be materialized at BB without introducing a fault.
4968 static bool IsAvailableOnEntry(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, const SCEV *S,
4969                                BasicBlock *BB) {
4970   struct CheckAvailable {
4971     bool TraversalDone = false;
4972     bool Available = true;
4973 
4974     const Loop *L = nullptr;  // The loop BB is in (can be nullptr)
4975     BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
4976     DominatorTree &DT;
4977 
4978     CheckAvailable(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree &DT)
4979       : L(L), BB(BB), DT(DT) {}
4980 
4981     bool setUnavailable() {
4982       TraversalDone = true;
4983       Available = false;
4984       return false;
4985     }
4986 
4987     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
4988       switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
4989       case scConstant: case scTruncate: case scZeroExtend: case scSignExtend:
4990       case scAddExpr: case scMulExpr: case scUMaxExpr: case scSMaxExpr:
4991         // These expressions are available if their operand(s) is/are.
4992         return true;
4993 
4994       case scAddRecExpr: {
4995         // We allow add recurrences that are on the loop BB is in, or some
4996         // outer loop.  This guarantees availability because the value of the
4997         // add recurrence at BB is simply the "current" value of the induction
4998         // variable.  We can relax this in the future; for instance an add
4999         // recurrence on a sibling dominating loop is also available at BB.
5000         const auto *ARLoop = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)->getLoop();
5001         if (L && (ARLoop == L || ARLoop->contains(L)))
5002           return true;
5003 
5004         return setUnavailable();
5005       }
5006 
5007       case scUnknown: {
5008         // For SCEVUnknown, we check for simple dominance.
5009         const auto *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5010         Value *V = SU->getValue();
5011 
5012         if (isa<Argument>(V))
5013           return false;
5014 
5015         if (isa<Instruction>(V) && DT.dominates(cast<Instruction>(V), BB))
5016           return false;
5017 
5018         return setUnavailable();
5019       }
5020 
5021       case scUDivExpr:
5022       case scCouldNotCompute:
5023         // We do not try to smart about these at all.
5024         return setUnavailable();
5025       }
5026       llvm_unreachable("switch should be fully covered!");
5027     }
5028 
5029     bool isDone() { return TraversalDone; }
5030   };
5031 
5032   CheckAvailable CA(L, BB, DT);
5033   SCEVTraversal<CheckAvailable> ST(CA);
5034 
5035   ST.visitAll(S);
5036   return CA.Available;
5037 }
5038 
5039 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
5040 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern.  Return true on a successful
5041 // match.
5042 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge,
5043                           Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
5044   C = BI->getCondition();
5045 
5046   BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0));
5047   BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
5048 
5049   if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge())
5050     return false;
5051 
5052   assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
5053 
5054   Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0);
5055   Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1);
5056 
5057   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) {
5058     LHS = LeftUse;
5059     RHS = RightUse;
5060     return true;
5061   }
5062 
5063   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) {
5064     LHS = RightUse;
5065     RHS = LeftUse;
5066     return true;
5067   }
5068 
5069   return false;
5070 }
5071 
5072 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) {
5073   auto IsReachable =
5074       [&](BasicBlock *BB) { return DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB); };
5075   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN->blocks(), IsReachable)) {
5076     const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5077 
5078     // We don't want to break LCSSA, even in a SCEV expression tree.
5079     for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
5080       if (LI.getLoopFor(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) != L)
5081         return nullptr;
5082 
5083     // Try to match
5084     //
5085     //  br %cond, label %left, label %right
5086     // left:
5087     //  br label %merge
5088     // right:
5089     //  br label %merge
5090     // merge:
5091     //  V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
5092     //
5093     // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
5094 
5095     BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
5096     assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
5097 
5098     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator());
5099     Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
5100 
5101     if (BI && BI->isConditional() &&
5102         BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) &&
5103         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) &&
5104         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent()))
5105       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS);
5106   }
5107 
5108   return nullptr;
5109 }
5110 
5111 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
5112   if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN))
5113     return S;
5114 
5115   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN))
5116     return S;
5117 
5118   // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
5119   // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
5120   // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
5121   // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
5122   if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, {getDataLayout(), &TLI, &DT, &AC}))
5123     if (LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
5124       return getSCEV(V);
5125 
5126   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
5127   return getUnknown(PN);
5128 }
5129 
5130 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Instruction *I,
5131                                                       Value *Cond,
5132                                                       Value *TrueVal,
5133                                                       Value *FalseVal) {
5134   // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
5135   // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
5136   if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond))
5137     return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
5138 
5139   // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
5140   auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond);
5141   if (!ICI)
5142     return getUnknown(I);
5143 
5144   Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
5145   Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
5146 
5147   switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
5148   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
5149   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
5150     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5151     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5152   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
5153   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
5154     // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
5155     // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
5156     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5157       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5158       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5159       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5160       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5161       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5162       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5163       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5164         return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5165       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5166       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5167       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5168         return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5169     }
5170     break;
5171   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
5172   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
5173     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5174     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5175   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
5176   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
5177     // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
5178     // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
5179     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5180       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5181       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5182       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5183       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5184       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5185       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5186       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5187         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5188       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5189       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5190       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5191         return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5192     }
5193     break;
5194   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
5195     // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5196     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5197         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5198       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5199       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5200       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5201       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5202       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5203       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
5204       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5205         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5206     }
5207     break;
5208   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
5209     // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5210     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5211         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5212       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5213       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5214       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5215       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5216       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
5217       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5218       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5219         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5220     }
5221     break;
5222   default:
5223     break;
5224   }
5225 
5226   return getUnknown(I);
5227 }
5228 
5229 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
5230 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
5231 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
5232   // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
5233   if (!GEP->getSourceElementType()->isSized())
5234     return getUnknown(GEP);
5235 
5236   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
5237   for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index)
5238     IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index));
5239   return getGEPExpr(GEP, IndexExprs);
5240 }
5241 
5242 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(const SCEV *S) {
5243   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5244     return C->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
5245 
5246   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
5247     return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
5248                     (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
5249 
5250   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5251     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5252     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5253                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5254                : OpRes;
5255   }
5256 
5257   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5258     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5259     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5260                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5261                : OpRes;
5262   }
5263 
5264   if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5265     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5266     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5267     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5268       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5269     return MinOpRes;
5270   }
5271 
5272   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5273     // The result is the sum of all operands results.
5274     uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5275     uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
5276     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
5277          SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
5278       SumOpRes =
5279           std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), BitWidth);
5280     return SumOpRes;
5281   }
5282 
5283   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5284     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5285     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5286     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5287       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5288     return MinOpRes;
5289   }
5290 
5291   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5292     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5293     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5294     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5295       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5296     return MinOpRes;
5297   }
5298 
5299   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5300     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5301     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5302     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5303       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5304     return MinOpRes;
5305   }
5306 
5307   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5308     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5309     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), getDataLayout(), 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5310     return Known.countMinTrailingZeros();
5311   }
5312 
5313   // SCEVUDivExpr
5314   return 0;
5315 }
5316 
5317 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
5318   auto I = MinTrailingZerosCache.find(S);
5319   if (I != MinTrailingZerosCache.end())
5320     return I->second;
5321 
5322   uint32_t Result = GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(S);
5323   auto InsertPair = MinTrailingZerosCache.insert({S, Result});
5324   assert(InsertPair.second && "Should insert a new key");
5325   return InsertPair.first->second;
5326 }
5327 
5328 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
5329 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
5330   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
5331     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
5332       return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
5333 
5334   return None;
5335 }
5336 
5337 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
5338 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
5339 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
5340 const ConstantRange &
5341 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(const SCEV *S,
5342                              ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
5343   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
5344       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
5345                                                        : SignedRanges;
5346 
5347   // See if we've computed this range already.
5348   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
5349   if (I != Cache.end())
5350     return I->second;
5351 
5352   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5353     return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getAPInt()));
5354 
5355   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
5356   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
5357 
5358   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
5359   // as well.
5360   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
5361   if (TZ != 0) {
5362     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED)
5363       ConservativeResult =
5364           ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
5365                         APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5366     else
5367       ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
5368           APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5369           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5370   }
5371 
5372   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5373     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5374     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5375       X = X.add(getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5376     return setRange(Add, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5377   }
5378 
5379   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5380     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5381     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5382       X = X.multiply(getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5383     return setRange(Mul, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5384   }
5385 
5386   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5387     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5388     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5389       X = X.smax(getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5390     return setRange(SMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5391   }
5392 
5393   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5394     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5395     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5396       X = X.umax(getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5397     return setRange(UMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5398   }
5399 
5400   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
5401     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint);
5402     ConstantRange Y = getRangeRef(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint);
5403     return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
5404                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
5405   }
5406 
5407   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5408     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5409     return setRange(ZExt, SignHint,
5410                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
5411   }
5412 
5413   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5414     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5415     return setRange(SExt, SignHint,
5416                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
5417   }
5418 
5419   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
5420     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint);
5421     return setRange(Trunc, SignHint,
5422                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
5423   }
5424 
5425   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5426     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
5427     // initial value.
5428     if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5429       if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
5430         if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
5431           ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5432               ConstantRange(C->getAPInt(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
5433 
5434     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
5435     // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
5436     if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
5437       bool AllNonNeg = true;
5438       bool AllNonPos = true;
5439       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5440         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
5441         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
5442       }
5443       if (AllNonNeg)
5444         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5445           ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
5446                         APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
5447       else if (AllNonPos)
5448         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5449           ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5450                         APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
5451     }
5452 
5453     // TODO: non-affine addrec
5454     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
5455       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
5456       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5457           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
5458         auto RangeFromAffine = getRangeForAffineAR(
5459             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5460             BitWidth);
5461         if (!RangeFromAffine.isFullSet())
5462           ConservativeResult =
5463               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine);
5464 
5465         auto RangeFromFactoring = getRangeViaFactoring(
5466             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5467             BitWidth);
5468         if (!RangeFromFactoring.isFullSet())
5469           ConservativeResult =
5470               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring);
5471       }
5472     }
5473 
5474     return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5475   }
5476 
5477   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5478     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
5479     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
5480     if (MDRange.hasValue())
5481       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
5482 
5483     // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both
5484     // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits.  This restriction can be lifted
5485     // if needed.
5486     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
5487     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
5488       // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5489       KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5490       if (Known.One != ~Known.Zero + 1)
5491         ConservativeResult =
5492             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Known.One,
5493                                                            ~Known.Zero + 1));
5494     } else {
5495       assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED &&
5496              "generalize as needed!");
5497       unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5498       if (NS > 1)
5499         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5500             ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
5501                           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1));
5502     }
5503 
5504     return setRange(U, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5505   }
5506 
5507   return setRange(S, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5508 }
5509 
5510 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
5511 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
5512 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
5513 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
5514 static ConstantRange getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step,
5515                                                const ConstantRange &StartRange,
5516                                                const APInt &MaxBECount,
5517                                                unsigned BitWidth, bool Signed) {
5518   // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
5519   // just need to return the initial range.
5520   if (Step == 0 || MaxBECount == 0)
5521     return StartRange;
5522 
5523   // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
5524   // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
5525   // Return FullRange.
5526   if (StartRange.isFullSet())
5527     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5528 
5529   // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
5530   // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
5531   bool Descending = Signed && Step.isNegative();
5532 
5533   if (Signed)
5534     // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
5535     // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
5536     // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
5537     // APInt.
5538     Step = Step.abs();
5539 
5540   // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
5541   // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
5542   if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step).ult(MaxBECount))
5543     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5544 
5545   // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
5546   // overflow here.
5547   APInt Offset = Step * MaxBECount;
5548 
5549   // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
5550   // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
5551   // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
5552   // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
5553   APInt StartLower = StartRange.getLower();
5554   APInt StartUpper = StartRange.getUpper() - 1;
5555   APInt MovedBoundary = Descending ? (StartLower - std::move(Offset))
5556                                    : (StartUpper + std::move(Offset));
5557 
5558   // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
5559   // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
5560   // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
5561   if (StartRange.contains(MovedBoundary))
5562     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5563 
5564   APInt NewLower =
5565       Descending ? std::move(MovedBoundary) : std::move(StartLower);
5566   APInt NewUpper =
5567       Descending ? std::move(StartUpper) : std::move(MovedBoundary);
5568   NewUpper += 1;
5569 
5570   // If we end up with full range, return a proper full range.
5571   if (NewLower == NewUpper)
5572     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5573 
5574   // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
5575   return ConstantRange(std::move(NewLower), std::move(NewUpper));
5576 }
5577 
5578 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV *Start,
5579                                                    const SCEV *Step,
5580                                                    const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5581                                                    unsigned BitWidth) {
5582   assert(!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5583          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
5584          "Precondition!");
5585 
5586   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
5587   APInt MaxBECountValue = getUnsignedRangeMax(MaxBECount);
5588 
5589   // First, consider step signed.
5590   ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
5591   ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
5592 
5593   // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
5594   // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
5595   ConstantRange SR =
5596       getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMin(), StartSRange,
5597                                 MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true);
5598   SR = SR.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMax(),
5599                                               StartSRange, MaxBECountValue,
5600                                               BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true));
5601 
5602   // Next, consider step unsigned.
5603   ConstantRange UR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
5604       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step), getUnsignedRange(Start),
5605       MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ false);
5606 
5607   // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
5608   return SR.intersectWith(UR);
5609 }
5610 
5611 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV *Start,
5612                                                     const SCEV *Step,
5613                                                     const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5614                                                     unsigned BitWidth) {
5615   //    RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
5616   // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
5617 
5618   struct SelectPattern {
5619     Value *Condition = nullptr;
5620     APInt TrueValue;
5621     APInt FalseValue;
5622 
5623     explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution &SE, unsigned BitWidth,
5624                            const SCEV *S) {
5625       Optional<unsigned> CastOp;
5626       APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
5627 
5628       assert(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()) == BitWidth &&
5629              "Should be!");
5630 
5631       // Peel off a constant offset:
5632       if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5633         // In the future we could consider being smarter here and handle
5634         // {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
5635         if (SA->getNumOperands() != 2 || !isa<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)))
5636           return;
5637 
5638         Offset = cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
5639         S = SA->getOperand(1);
5640       }
5641 
5642       // Peel off a cast operation
5643       if (auto *SCast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)) {
5644         CastOp = SCast->getSCEVType();
5645         S = SCast->getOperand();
5646       }
5647 
5648       using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
5649 
5650       auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5651       const APInt *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
5652       if (!SU ||
5653           !match(SU->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition), m_APInt(TrueVal),
5654                                           m_APInt(FalseVal)))) {
5655         Condition = nullptr;
5656         return;
5657       }
5658 
5659       TrueValue = *TrueVal;
5660       FalseValue = *FalseVal;
5661 
5662       // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
5663       if (CastOp.hasValue())
5664         switch (*CastOp) {
5665         default:
5666           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
5667 
5668         case scTruncate:
5669           TrueValue = TrueValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5670           FalseValue = FalseValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5671           break;
5672         case scZeroExtend:
5673           TrueValue = TrueValue.zext(BitWidth);
5674           FalseValue = FalseValue.zext(BitWidth);
5675           break;
5676         case scSignExtend:
5677           TrueValue = TrueValue.sext(BitWidth);
5678           FalseValue = FalseValue.sext(BitWidth);
5679           break;
5680         }
5681 
5682       // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
5683       TrueValue += Offset;
5684       FalseValue += Offset;
5685     }
5686 
5687     bool isRecognized() { return Condition != nullptr; }
5688   };
5689 
5690   SelectPattern StartPattern(*this, BitWidth, Start);
5691   if (!StartPattern.isRecognized())
5692     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5693 
5694   SelectPattern StepPattern(*this, BitWidth, Step);
5695   if (!StepPattern.isRecognized())
5696     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5697 
5698   if (StartPattern.Condition != StepPattern.Condition) {
5699     // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
5700     // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
5701     // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
5702     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5703   }
5704 
5705   // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
5706   // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here.  This function is called
5707   // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
5708   // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
5709 
5710   // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
5711   // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
5712 
5713   const SCEV *TrueStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.TrueValue);
5714   const SCEV *TrueStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.TrueValue);
5715   const SCEV *FalseStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.FalseValue);
5716   const SCEV *FalseStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.FalseValue);
5717 
5718   ConstantRange TrueRange =
5719       this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart, TrueStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5720   ConstantRange FalseRange =
5721       this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart, FalseStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5722 
5723   return TrueRange.unionWith(FalseRange);
5724 }
5725 
5726 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) {
5727   if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5728   const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
5729 
5730   // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
5731   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5732   if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5733     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5734   if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())
5735     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5736   if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)
5737     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5738 
5739   return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp) ? Flags : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5740 }
5741 
5742 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction *I) {
5743   // Here we check that I is in the header of the innermost loop containing I,
5744   // since we only deal with instructions in the loop header. The actual loop we
5745   // need to check later will come from an add recurrence, but getting that
5746   // requires computing the SCEV of the operands, which can be expensive. This
5747   // check we can do cheaply to rule out some cases early.
5748   Loop *InnermostContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
5749   if (InnermostContainingLoop == nullptr ||
5750       InnermostContainingLoop->getHeader() != I->getParent())
5751     return false;
5752 
5753   // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
5754   if (!programUndefinedIfFullPoison(I))
5755     return false;
5756 
5757   // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
5758   // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
5759   // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
5760   // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
5761   // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
5762   // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
5763   // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find the
5764   // loop that I is considered in relation to and prove that I is executed for
5765   // every iteration of that loop. That implies that the value that I
5766   // calculates does not wrap anywhere in the loop, so then we can apply the
5767   // flags to the SCEV.
5768   //
5769   // We check isLoopInvariant to disambiguate in case we are adding recurrences
5770   // from different loops, so that we know which loop to prove that I is
5771   // executed in.
5772   for (unsigned OpIndex = 0; OpIndex < I->getNumOperands(); ++OpIndex) {
5773     // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
5774     // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
5775     if (!isSCEVable(I->getOperand(OpIndex)->getType()))
5776       return false;
5777     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OpIndex));
5778     if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
5779       bool AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = true;
5780       for (unsigned OtherOpIndex = 0; OtherOpIndex < I->getNumOperands();
5781            ++OtherOpIndex) {
5782         if (OtherOpIndex != OpIndex) {
5783           const SCEV *OtherOp = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OtherOpIndex));
5784           if (!isLoopInvariant(OtherOp, AddRec->getLoop())) {
5785             AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = false;
5786             break;
5787           }
5788         }
5789       }
5790       if (AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant &&
5791           isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(I, AddRec->getLoop()))
5792         return true;
5793     }
5794   }
5795   return false;
5796 }
5797 
5798 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
5799   // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
5800   if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I))
5801     return true;
5802 
5803   // For an add recurrence specifically, we assume that infinite loops without
5804   // side effects are undefined behavior, and then reason as follows:
5805   //
5806   // If the add recurrence is poison in any iteration, it is poison on all
5807   // future iterations (since incrementing poison yields poison). If the result
5808   // of the add recurrence is fed into the loop latch condition and the loop
5809   // does not contain any throws or exiting blocks other than the latch, we now
5810   // have the ability to "choose" whether the backedge is taken or not (by
5811   // choosing a sufficiently evil value for the poison feeding into the branch)
5812   // for every iteration including and after the one in which \p I first became
5813   // poison.  There are two possibilities (let's call the iteration in which \p
5814   // I first became poison as K):
5815   //
5816   //  1. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5817   //     no side effects.  In this case executing the backege an infinte number
5818   //     of times will yield undefined behavior.
5819   //
5820   //  2. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5821   //     at least one side effect.  In this case, that specific instance of side
5822   //     effect is control dependent on poison, which also yields undefined
5823   //     behavior.
5824 
5825   auto *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock();
5826   auto *LatchBB = L->getLoopLatch();
5827   if (!ExitingBB || !LatchBB || ExitingBB != LatchBB)
5828     return false;
5829 
5830   SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 16> Pushed;
5831   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> PoisonStack;
5832 
5833   // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison.  Only
5834   // things that are known to be fully poison under that assumption go on the
5835   // PoisonStack.
5836   Pushed.insert(I);
5837   PoisonStack.push_back(I);
5838 
5839   bool LatchControlDependentOnPoison = false;
5840   while (!PoisonStack.empty() && !LatchControlDependentOnPoison) {
5841     const Instruction *Poison = PoisonStack.pop_back_val();
5842 
5843     for (auto *PoisonUser : Poison->users()) {
5844       if (propagatesFullPoison(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser))) {
5845         if (Pushed.insert(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser)).second)
5846           PoisonStack.push_back(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser));
5847       } else if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PoisonUser)) {
5848         assert(BI->isConditional() && "Only possibility!");
5849         if (BI->getParent() == LatchBB) {
5850           LatchControlDependentOnPoison = true;
5851           break;
5852         }
5853       }
5854     }
5855   }
5856 
5857   return LatchControlDependentOnPoison && loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L);
5858 }
5859 
5860 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
5861 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop *L) {
5862   using LoopProperties = ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties;
5863 
5864   auto Itr = LoopPropertiesCache.find(L);
5865   if (Itr == LoopPropertiesCache.end()) {
5866     auto HasSideEffects = [](Instruction *I) {
5867       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
5868         return !SI->isSimple();
5869 
5870       return I->mayHaveSideEffects();
5871     };
5872 
5873     LoopProperties LP = {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
5874                          /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
5875 
5876     for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks())
5877       for (auto &I : *BB) {
5878         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
5879           LP.HasNoAbnormalExits = false;
5880         if (HasSideEffects(&I))
5881           LP.HasNoSideEffects = false;
5882         if (!LP.HasNoAbnormalExits && !LP.HasNoSideEffects)
5883           break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
5884       }
5885 
5886     auto InsertPair = LoopPropertiesCache.insert({L, LP});
5887     assert(InsertPair.second && "We just checked!");
5888     Itr = InsertPair.first;
5889   }
5890 
5891   return Itr->second;
5892 }
5893 
5894 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
5895   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
5896     return getUnknown(V);
5897 
5898   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
5899     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
5900     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
5901     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
5902     // analysis depends on.
5903     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
5904       return getUnknown(V);
5905   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
5906     return getConstant(CI);
5907   else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
5908     return getZero(V->getType());
5909   else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
5910     return GA->isInterposable() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
5911   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
5912     return getUnknown(V);
5913 
5914   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
5915   if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U, DT)) {
5916     switch (BO->Opcode) {
5917     case Instruction::Add: {
5918       // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
5919       // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
5920       // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
5921       // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
5922       // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
5923       // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
5924       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
5925       do {
5926         if (BO->Op) {
5927           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
5928             AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
5929             break;
5930           }
5931 
5932           // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
5933           // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
5934           // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
5935           // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
5936           // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
5937           // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
5938           // formed with operands from AddOps.
5939           const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5940           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5941           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
5942             const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5943             if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
5944               AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5945             else
5946               AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5947             break;
5948           }
5949         }
5950 
5951         if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
5952           AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO->RHS)));
5953         else
5954           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5955 
5956         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
5957         if (!NewBO || (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
5958                        NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) {
5959           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5960           break;
5961         }
5962         BO = NewBO;
5963       } while (true);
5964 
5965       return getAddExpr(AddOps);
5966     }
5967 
5968     case Instruction::Mul: {
5969       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
5970       do {
5971         if (BO->Op) {
5972           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
5973             MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
5974             break;
5975           }
5976 
5977           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5978           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
5979             MulOps.push_back(
5980                 getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags));
5981             break;
5982           }
5983         }
5984 
5985         MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5986         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
5987         if (!NewBO || NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul) {
5988           MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5989           break;
5990         }
5991         BO = NewBO;
5992       } while (true);
5993 
5994       return getMulExpr(MulOps);
5995     }
5996     case Instruction::UDiv:
5997       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5998     case Instruction::URem:
5999       return getURemExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6000     case Instruction::Sub: {
6001       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6002       if (BO->Op)
6003         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6004       return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags);
6005     }
6006     case Instruction::And:
6007       // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
6008       // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6009       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6010         if (CI->isZero())
6011           return getSCEV(BO->RHS);
6012         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6013           return getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6014         const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
6015 
6016         // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
6017         // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
6018         // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
6019         // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
6020         unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
6021         unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
6022         unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
6023         KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
6024         computeKnownBits(BO->LHS, Known, getDataLayout(),
6025                          0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6026 
6027         APInt EffectiveMask =
6028             APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
6029         if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~Known.Zero) & EffectiveMask)) {
6030           const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ));
6031           const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6032           const SCEV *ShiftedLHS = nullptr;
6033           if (auto *LHSMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
6034             if (auto *OpC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHSMul->getOperand(0))) {
6035               // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
6036               unsigned MulZeros = OpC->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
6037               unsigned GCD = std::min(MulZeros, TZ);
6038               APInt DivAmt = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ - GCD);
6039               SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> MulOps;
6040               MulOps.push_back(getConstant(OpC->getAPInt().lshr(GCD)));
6041               MulOps.append(LHSMul->op_begin() + 1, LHSMul->op_end());
6042               auto *NewMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, LHSMul->getNoWrapFlags());
6043               ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(NewMul, getConstant(DivAmt));
6044             }
6045           }
6046           if (!ShiftedLHS)
6047             ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(LHS, MulCount);
6048           return getMulExpr(
6049               getZeroExtendExpr(
6050                   getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS,
6051                       IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
6052                   BO->LHS->getType()),
6053               MulCount);
6054         }
6055       }
6056       break;
6057 
6058     case Instruction::Or:
6059       // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
6060       // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
6061       // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
6062       //
6063       // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
6064       // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
6065       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6066         const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6067         const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
6068         if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
6069             (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
6070           // Build a plain add SCEV.
6071           const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
6072           // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
6073           // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
6074           if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
6075             const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
6076             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags(
6077                 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags());
6078           }
6079           return S;
6080         }
6081       }
6082       break;
6083 
6084     case Instruction::Xor:
6085       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6086         // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
6087         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6088           return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6089 
6090         // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
6091         // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
6092         // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
6093         // of an xor with -1.
6094         if (auto *LBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO->LHS))
6095           if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LBO->getOperand(1)))
6096             if (LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
6097                 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
6098               if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
6099                       dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(BO->LHS))) {
6100                 Type *UTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6101                 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
6102                 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
6103                 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
6104 
6105                 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
6106                 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
6107                 // re-apply the zext.
6108                 if (CI->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize))
6109                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
6110 
6111                 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
6112                 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
6113                 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
6114                 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
6115                 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
6116                     Trunc.isSignMask())
6117                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
6118                                            UTy);
6119               }
6120       }
6121       break;
6122 
6123   case Instruction::Shl:
6124     // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
6125     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6126       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(SA->getType())->getBitWidth();
6127 
6128       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6129       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6130       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6131       // other parts of the compiler.
6132       if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6133         break;
6134 
6135       // It is currently not resolved how to interpret NSW for left
6136       // shift by BitWidth - 1, so we avoid applying flags in that
6137       // case. Remove this check (or this comment) once the situation
6138       // is resolved. See
6139       // http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/llvm-dev/2015-April/084195.html
6140       // and http://reviews.llvm.org/D8890 .
6141       auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6142       if (BO->Op && SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1))
6143         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6144 
6145       Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
6146         APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
6147       return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(X), Flags);
6148     }
6149     break;
6150 
6151     case Instruction::AShr: {
6152       // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
6153       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
6154       if (!CI)
6155         break;
6156 
6157       Type *OuterTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6158       uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy);
6159       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6160       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6161       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6162       // other parts of the compiler.
6163       if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6164         break;
6165 
6166       if (CI->isZero())
6167         return getSCEV(BO->LHS); // shift by zero --> noop
6168 
6169       uint64_t AShrAmt = CI->getZExtValue();
6170       Type *TruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - AShrAmt);
6171 
6172       Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(BO->LHS);
6173       if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
6174         // X = Shl A, n
6175         // Y = AShr X, m
6176         // Both n and m are constant.
6177 
6178         const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));
6179         if (L->getOperand(1) == BO->RHS)
6180           // For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
6181           // use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6182           return getSignExtendExpr(
6183               getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy), OuterTy);
6184 
6185         ConstantInt *ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
6186         if (ShlAmtCI && ShlAmtCI->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
6187           uint64_t ShlAmt = ShlAmtCI->getZExtValue();
6188           if (ShlAmt > AShrAmt) {
6189             // When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
6190             // expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
6191             // the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
6192             // ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
6193             APInt Mul = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth - AShrAmt,
6194                                             ShlAmt - AShrAmt);
6195             return getSignExtendExpr(
6196                 getMulExpr(getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy),
6197                 getConstant(Mul)), OuterTy);
6198           }
6199         }
6200       }
6201       break;
6202     }
6203     }
6204   }
6205 
6206   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
6207   case Instruction::Trunc:
6208     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6209 
6210   case Instruction::ZExt:
6211     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6212 
6213   case Instruction::SExt:
6214     if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U->getOperand(0), DT)) {
6215       // The NSW flag of a subtract does not always survive the conversion to
6216       // A + (-1)*B.  By pushing sign extension onto its operands we are much
6217       // more likely to preserve NSW and allow later AddRec optimisations.
6218       //
6219       // NOTE: This is effectively duplicating this logic from getSignExtend:
6220       //   sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
6221       // but by that point the NSW information has potentially been lost.
6222       if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub && BO->IsNSW) {
6223         Type *Ty = U->getType();
6224         auto *V1 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), Ty);
6225         auto *V2 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->RHS), Ty);
6226         return getMinusSCEV(V1, V2, SCEV::FlagNSW);
6227       }
6228     }
6229     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6230 
6231   case Instruction::BitCast:
6232     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
6233     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
6234       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
6235     break;
6236 
6237   // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
6238   // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
6239   // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
6240   // simplifying integer expressions.
6241 
6242   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
6243     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
6244 
6245   case Instruction::PHI:
6246     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
6247 
6248   case Instruction::Select:
6249     // U can also be a select constant expr, which let fall through.  Since
6250     // createNodeForSelect only works for a condition that is an `ICmpInst`, and
6251     // constant expressions cannot have instructions as operands, we'd have
6252     // returned getUnknown for a select constant expressions anyway.
6253     if (isa<Instruction>(U))
6254       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(cast<Instruction>(U), U->getOperand(0),
6255                                       U->getOperand(1), U->getOperand(2));
6256     break;
6257 
6258   case Instruction::Call:
6259   case Instruction::Invoke:
6260     if (Value *RV = CallSite(U).getReturnedArgOperand())
6261       return getSCEV(RV);
6262     break;
6263   }
6264 
6265   return getUnknown(V);
6266 }
6267 
6268 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6269 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
6270 //
6271 
6272 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant *ExitCount) {
6273   if (!ExitCount)
6274     return 0;
6275 
6276   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
6277 
6278   // Guard against huge trip counts.
6279   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
6280     return 0;
6281 
6282   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
6283   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
6284 }
6285 
6286 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6287   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6288     return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
6289 
6290   // No trip count information for multiple exits.
6291   return 0;
6292 }
6293 
6294 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L,
6295                                                     BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6296   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6297   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6298          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6299   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
6300       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
6301   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
6302 }
6303 
6304 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6305   const auto *MaxExitCount =
6306       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L));
6307   return getConstantTripCount(MaxExitCount);
6308 }
6309 
6310 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L) {
6311   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6312     return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
6313 
6314   // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
6315   return 0;
6316 }
6317 
6318 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
6319 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
6320 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
6321 /// very well be zero as well!).
6322 ///
6323 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
6324 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
6325 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
6326 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
6327 ///
6328 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
6329 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
6330 unsigned
6331 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
6332                                               BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6333   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6334   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6335          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6336   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
6337   if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
6338     return 1;
6339 
6340   // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
6341   const SCEV *TCExpr = getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType()));
6342 
6343   const SCEVConstant *TC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCExpr);
6344   if (!TC)
6345     // Attempt to factor more general cases. Returns the greatest power of
6346     // two divisor. If overflow happens, the trip count expression is still
6347     // divisible by the greatest power of 2 divisor returned.
6348     return 1U << std::min((uint32_t)31, GetMinTrailingZeros(TCExpr));
6349 
6350   ConstantInt *Result = TC->getValue();
6351 
6352   // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
6353   // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
6354   // addition wraps).
6355   if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
6356       Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
6357     return 1;
6358 
6359   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
6360 }
6361 
6362 /// Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which this loop is
6363 /// guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return
6364 /// SCEVCouldNotCompute.
6365 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop *L,
6366                                           BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6367   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
6368 }
6369 
6370 const SCEV *
6371 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6372                                                  SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
6373   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this, &Preds);
6374 }
6375 
6376 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6377   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this);
6378 }
6379 
6380 /// Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except return the least SCEV value that is
6381 /// known never to be less than the actual backedge taken count.
6382 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6383   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this);
6384 }
6385 
6386 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop *L) {
6387   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).isMaxOrZero(this);
6388 }
6389 
6390 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
6391 static void
6392 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
6393   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
6394 
6395   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
6396   for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
6397        PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I)
6398     Worklist.push_back(PN);
6399 }
6400 
6401 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6402 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6403   auto &BTI = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
6404   if (BTI.hasFullInfo())
6405     return BTI;
6406 
6407   auto Pair = PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6408 
6409   if (!Pair.second)
6410     return Pair.first->second;
6411 
6412   BackedgeTakenInfo Result =
6413       computeBackedgeTakenCount(L, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
6414 
6415   return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6416 }
6417 
6418 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6419 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6420   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
6421   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
6422   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
6423   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
6424   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
6425   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
6426       BackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6427   if (!Pair.second)
6428     return Pair.first->second;
6429 
6430   // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
6431   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
6432   // must be cleared in this scope.
6433   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
6434 
6435   if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6436     assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) &&
6437            isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) &&
6438            "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
6439     ++NumTripCountsComputed;
6440   }
6441   else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
6442            isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
6443     // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
6444     ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
6445   }
6446 
6447   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
6448   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
6449   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
6450   // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
6451   // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
6452   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
6453     SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6454     PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
6455 
6456     SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Discovered;
6457     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6458       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6459 
6460       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6461         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6462       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6463         const SCEV *Old = It->second;
6464 
6465         // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
6466         // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
6467         // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
6468         // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
6469         // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
6470         // own when it gets to that point.
6471         if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
6472           eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6473           forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
6474         }
6475         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6476           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6477       }
6478 
6479       // Since we don't need to invalidate anything for correctness and we're
6480       // only invalidating to make SCEV's results more precise, we get to stop
6481       // early to avoid invalidating too much.  This is especially important in
6482       // cases like:
6483       //
6484       //   %v = f(pn0, pn1) // pn0 and pn1 used through some other phi node
6485       // loop0:
6486       //   %pn0 = phi
6487       //   ...
6488       // loop1:
6489       //   %pn1 = phi
6490       //   ...
6491       //
6492       // where both loop0 and loop1's backedge taken count uses the SCEV
6493       // expression for %v.  If we don't have the early stop below then in cases
6494       // like the above, getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop1) will clear out the trip
6495       // count for loop0 and getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop0) will clear out the trip
6496       // count for loop1, effectively nullifying SCEV's trip count cache.
6497       for (auto *U : I->users())
6498         if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) {
6499           auto *LoopForUser = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
6500           if (LoopForUser && L->contains(LoopForUser) &&
6501               Discovered.insert(I).second)
6502             Worklist.push_back(I);
6503         }
6504     }
6505   }
6506 
6507   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
6508   // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
6509   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
6510   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
6511   // earlier.
6512   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6513 }
6514 
6515 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
6516   // Drop any stored trip count value.
6517   auto RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap =
6518       [](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map, const Loop *L) {
6519         auto BTCPos = Map.find(L);
6520         if (BTCPos != Map.end()) {
6521           BTCPos->second.clear();
6522           Map.erase(BTCPos);
6523         }
6524       };
6525 
6526   SmallVector<const Loop *, 16> LoopWorklist(1, L);
6527   SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> Worklist;
6528   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
6529 
6530   // Iterate over all the loops and sub-loops to drop SCEV information.
6531   while (!LoopWorklist.empty()) {
6532     auto *CurrL = LoopWorklist.pop_back_val();
6533 
6534     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6535     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6536 
6537     // Drop information about predicated SCEV rewrites for this loop.
6538     for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
6539          I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
6540       std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
6541       if (Entry.second == CurrL)
6542         PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
6543       else
6544         ++I;
6545     }
6546 
6547     auto LoopUsersItr = LoopUsers.find(CurrL);
6548     if (LoopUsersItr != LoopUsers.end()) {
6549       for (auto *S : LoopUsersItr->second)
6550         forgetMemoizedResults(S);
6551       LoopUsers.erase(LoopUsersItr);
6552     }
6553 
6554     // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6555     PushLoopPHIs(CurrL, Worklist);
6556 
6557     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6558       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6559       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6560         continue;
6561 
6562       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6563           ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6564       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6565         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6566         forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6567         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6568           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6569       }
6570 
6571       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6572     }
6573 
6574     LoopPropertiesCache.erase(CurrL);
6575     // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
6576     // ValuesAtScopes map.
6577     LoopWorklist.append(CurrL->begin(), CurrL->end());
6578   }
6579 }
6580 
6581 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
6582   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
6583   if (!I) return;
6584 
6585   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6586   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6587   Worklist.push_back(I);
6588 
6589   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
6590   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6591     I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6592     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6593       continue;
6594 
6595     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6596       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6597     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6598       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6599       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6600       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6601         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6602     }
6603 
6604     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6605   }
6606 }
6607 
6608 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
6609 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with a single exit.
6610 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one
6611 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. howFarToZero assumes that
6612 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as
6613 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the
6614 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using
6615 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
6616 const SCEV *
6617 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE,
6618                                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Preds) const {
6619   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
6620   if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken.empty())
6621     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6622 
6623   const SCEV *BECount = nullptr;
6624   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
6625     assert(ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV");
6626 
6627     if (!BECount)
6628       BECount = ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6629     else if (BECount != ENT.ExactNotTaken)
6630       return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6631     if (Preds && !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6632       Preds->add(ENT.Predicate.get());
6633 
6634     assert((Preds || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
6635            "Predicate should be always true!");
6636   }
6637 
6638   assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit");
6639   return BECount;
6640 }
6641 
6642 /// Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
6643 const SCEV *
6644 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6645                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6646   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6647     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock && ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6648       return ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6649 
6650   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6651 }
6652 
6653 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop.
6654 const SCEV *
6655 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6656   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6657     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6658   };
6659 
6660   if (any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue) || !getMax())
6661     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6662 
6663   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getMax()) || isa<SCEVConstant>(getMax())) &&
6664          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6665   return getMax();
6666 }
6667 
6668 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isMaxOrZero(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6669   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6670     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6671   };
6672   return MaxOrZero && !any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue);
6673 }
6674 
6675 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
6676                                                     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6677   if (getMax() && getMax() != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6678       SE->hasOperand(getMax(), S))
6679     return true;
6680 
6681   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6682     if (ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6683         SE->hasOperand(ENT.ExactNotTaken, S))
6684       return true;
6685 
6686   return false;
6687 }
6688 
6689 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E)
6690     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(E) {
6691   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6692           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6693          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6694 }
6695 
6696 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6697     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6698     ArrayRef<const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *> PredSetList)
6699     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(M), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6700   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
6701           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6702          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Max");
6703   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6704           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6705          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6706   for (auto *PredSet : PredSetList)
6707     for (auto *P : *PredSet)
6708       addPredicate(P);
6709 }
6710 
6711 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6712     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6713     const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &PredSet)
6714     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, {&PredSet}) {
6715   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6716           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6717          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6718 }
6719 
6720 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M,
6721                                       bool MaxOrZero)
6722     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, None) {
6723   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6724           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6725          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6726 }
6727 
6728 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
6729 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6730 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
6731     SmallVectorImpl<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo>
6732         &&ExitCounts,
6733     bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount, bool MaxOrZero)
6734     : MaxAndComplete(MaxCount, Complete), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6735   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6736 
6737   ExitNotTaken.reserve(ExitCounts.size());
6738   std::transform(
6739       ExitCounts.begin(), ExitCounts.end(), std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken),
6740       [&](const EdgeExitInfo &EEI) {
6741         BasicBlock *ExitBB = EEI.first;
6742         const ExitLimit &EL = EEI.second;
6743         if (EL.Predicates.empty())
6744           return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, nullptr);
6745 
6746         std::unique_ptr<SCEVUnionPredicate> Predicate(new SCEVUnionPredicate);
6747         for (auto *Pred : EL.Predicates)
6748           Predicate->add(Pred);
6749 
6750         return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, std::move(Predicate));
6751       });
6752   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxCount) || isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxCount)) &&
6753          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6754 }
6755 
6756 /// Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6757 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
6758   ExitNotTaken.clear();
6759 }
6760 
6761 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
6762 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
6763 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6764                                            bool AllowPredicates) {
6765   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
6766   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
6767 
6768   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6769 
6770   SmallVector<EdgeExitInfo, 4> ExitCounts;
6771   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
6772   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
6773   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6774   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6775   bool MustExitMaxOrZero = false;
6776 
6777   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
6778   // and compute maxBECount.
6779   // Do a union of all the predicates here.
6780   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6781     BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
6782     ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB, AllowPredicates);
6783 
6784     assert((AllowPredicates || EL.Predicates.empty()) &&
6785            "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
6786 
6787     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
6788     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
6789     if (EL.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6790       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
6791       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
6792       CouldComputeBECount = false;
6793     else
6794       ExitCounts.emplace_back(ExitBB, EL);
6795 
6796     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
6797     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
6798     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
6799     //
6800     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
6801     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
6802     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.MaxNotTaken of computable
6803     // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
6804     // EL.MaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than any
6805     // computable EL.MaxNotTaken.
6806     if (EL.MaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
6807         DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
6808       if (!MustExitMaxBECount) {
6809         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6810         MustExitMaxOrZero = EL.MaxOrZero;
6811       } else {
6812         MustExitMaxBECount =
6813             getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6814       }
6815     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6816       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6817         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6818       else {
6819         MayExitMaxBECount =
6820             getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6821       }
6822     }
6823   }
6824   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
6825     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
6826   // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
6827   // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
6828   bool MaxOrZero = (MustExitMaxOrZero && ExitingBlocks.size() == 1);
6829   return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts), CouldComputeBECount,
6830                            MaxBECount, MaxOrZero);
6831 }
6832 
6833 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6834 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6835                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
6836   // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block.  See what condition causes us to exit
6837   // at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets
6838   // lead to the loop header.
6839   bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true;
6840   BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
6841   for (auto *SBB : successors(ExitingBlock))
6842     if (!L->contains(SBB)) {
6843       if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
6844         return getCouldNotCompute();
6845       Exit = SBB;
6846     } else if (SBB != L->getHeader()) {
6847       MustExecuteLoopHeader = false;
6848     }
6849 
6850   // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether
6851   // the loop is exited.  However, we don't know if the branch is executed each
6852   // time through the loop.  If not, then the execution count of the branch will
6853   // not be equal to the trip count of the loop.
6854   //
6855   // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to
6856   // the loop header.  If so, we know it will always execute the same number of
6857   // times as the loop.  We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the
6858   // loop header.  This is common for un-rotated loops.
6859   //
6860   // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the
6861   // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the
6862   // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the
6863   // trip count of the loop.
6864   //
6865   //  More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here.
6866   //
6867   if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) {
6868     // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain
6869     // up to the header.
6870     bool Ok = false;
6871     for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) {
6872       BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
6873       if (!Pred)
6874         return getCouldNotCompute();
6875       TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator();
6876       for (const BasicBlock *PredSucc : PredTerm->successors()) {
6877         if (PredSucc == BB)
6878           continue;
6879         // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't
6880         // outside the loop, assume the worst.
6881         if (L->contains(PredSucc))
6882           return getCouldNotCompute();
6883       }
6884       if (Pred == L->getHeader()) {
6885         Ok = true;
6886         break;
6887       }
6888       BB = Pred;
6889     }
6890     if (!Ok)
6891       return getCouldNotCompute();
6892   }
6893 
6894   bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
6895   TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
6896   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
6897     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
6898     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
6899     return computeExitLimitFromCond(
6900         L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0), BI->getSuccessor(1),
6901         /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
6902   }
6903 
6904   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term))
6905     return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
6906                                                 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
6907 
6908   return getCouldNotCompute();
6909 }
6910 
6911 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
6912     const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6913     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6914   ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy Cache(L, TBB, FBB, AllowPredicates);
6915   return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache, L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB,
6916                                         ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
6917 }
6918 
6919 Optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
6920 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6921                                       BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6922                                       bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6923   (void)this->L;
6924   (void)this->TBB;
6925   (void)this->FBB;
6926   (void)this->AllowPredicates;
6927 
6928   assert(this->L == L && this->TBB == TBB && this->FBB == FBB &&
6929          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6930          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6931   auto Itr = TripCountMap.find({ExitCond, ControlsExit});
6932   if (Itr == TripCountMap.end())
6933     return None;
6934   return Itr->second;
6935 }
6936 
6937 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6938                                              BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6939                                              bool ControlsExit,
6940                                              bool AllowPredicates,
6941                                              const ExitLimit &EL) {
6942   assert(this->L == L && this->TBB == TBB && this->FBB == FBB &&
6943          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6944          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6945 
6946   auto InsertResult = TripCountMap.insert({{ExitCond, ControlsExit}, EL});
6947   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expected successful insertion!");
6948   (void)InsertResult;
6949 }
6950 
6951 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6952     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB,
6953     BasicBlock *FBB, bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6954 
6955   if (auto MaybeEL =
6956           Cache.find(L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates))
6957     return *MaybeEL;
6958 
6959   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(Cache, L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB,
6960                                               ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
6961   Cache.insert(L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates, EL);
6962   return EL;
6963 }
6964 
6965 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
6966     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB,
6967     BasicBlock *FBB, bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6968   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
6969   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
6970     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
6971       // Recurse on the operands of the and.
6972       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB);
6973       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6974           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6975           AllowPredicates);
6976       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6977           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6978           AllowPredicates);
6979       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6980       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6981       if (EitherMayExit) {
6982         // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
6983         // Choose the less conservative count.
6984         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
6985             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6986           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6987         else
6988           BECount =
6989               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
6990         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6991           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
6992         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6993           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6994         else
6995           MaxBECount =
6996               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
6997       } else {
6998         // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
6999         // For now, be conservative.
7000         assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
7001         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7002           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7003         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7004           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7005       }
7006 
7007       // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
7008       // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
7009       // MaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken and
7010       // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.MaxNotTaken and EL1.MaxNotTaken
7011       // to not.
7012       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
7013           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
7014         MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
7015 
7016       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7017                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7018     }
7019     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
7020       // Recurse on the operands of the or.
7021       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB);
7022       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7023           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
7024           AllowPredicates);
7025       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7026           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
7027           AllowPredicates);
7028       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7029       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7030       if (EitherMayExit) {
7031         // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
7032         // Choose the less conservative count.
7033         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
7034             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7035           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7036         else
7037           BECount =
7038               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
7039         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7040           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
7041         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7042           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7043         else
7044           MaxBECount =
7045               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
7046       } else {
7047         // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
7048         // For now, be conservative.
7049         assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
7050         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7051           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7052         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7053           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7054       }
7055 
7056       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7057                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7058     }
7059   }
7060 
7061   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
7062   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
7063   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) {
7064     ExitLimit EL =
7065         computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit);
7066     if (EL.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates)
7067       return EL;
7068 
7069     // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
7070     return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit,
7071                                     /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
7072   }
7073 
7074   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
7075   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
7076   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
7077   // in place.
7078   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
7079     if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue())
7080       // The backedge is always taken.
7081       return getCouldNotCompute();
7082     else
7083       // The backedge is never taken.
7084       return getZero(CI->getType());
7085   }
7086 
7087   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
7088   return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
7089 }
7090 
7091 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7092 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
7093                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
7094                                           BasicBlock *TBB,
7095                                           BasicBlock *FBB,
7096                                           bool ControlsExit,
7097                                           bool AllowPredicates) {
7098   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
7099   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
7100   if (!L->contains(FBB))
7101     Pred = ExitCond->getPredicate();
7102   else
7103     Pred = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
7104   const ICmpInst::Predicate OriginalPred = Pred;
7105 
7106   // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
7107   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
7108     if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
7109       ExitLimit ItCnt =
7110         computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Pred);
7111       if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
7112         return ItCnt;
7113     }
7114 
7115   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
7116   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
7117 
7118   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
7119   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
7120   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
7121 
7122   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
7123   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
7124   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
7125     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
7126     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
7127     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
7128   }
7129 
7130   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
7131   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
7132 
7133   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
7134   // ranges to answer this query.
7135   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
7136     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
7137       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
7138         // Form the constant range.
7139         ConstantRange CompRange =
7140             ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RHSC->getAPInt());
7141 
7142         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
7143         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
7144       }
7145 
7146   switch (Pred) {
7147   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
7148     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
7149     ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit,
7150                                 AllowPredicates);
7151     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7152     break;
7153   }
7154   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
7155     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
7156     ExitLimit EL = howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
7157     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7158     break;
7159   }
7160   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
7161   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
7162     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7163     ExitLimit EL = howManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7164                                     AllowPredicates);
7165     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7166     break;
7167   }
7168   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
7169   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
7170     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7171     ExitLimit EL =
7172         howManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7173                             AllowPredicates);
7174     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7175     break;
7176   }
7177   default:
7178     break;
7179   }
7180 
7181   auto *ExhaustiveCount =
7182       computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
7183 
7184   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExhaustiveCount))
7185     return ExhaustiveCount;
7186 
7187   return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond->getOperand(0),
7188                                       ExitCond->getOperand(1), L, OriginalPred);
7189 }
7190 
7191 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7192 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
7193                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
7194                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
7195                                                       bool ControlsExit) {
7196   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
7197 
7198   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
7199   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
7200     return getCouldNotCompute();
7201 
7202   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
7203          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
7204   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
7205   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
7206 
7207   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
7208   ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
7209   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
7210     return EL;
7211 
7212   return getCouldNotCompute();
7213 }
7214 
7215 static ConstantInt *
7216 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
7217                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7218   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
7219   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
7220   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
7221          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
7222   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
7223 }
7224 
7225 /// Given an exit condition of 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can
7226 /// compute the backedge execution count.
7227 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7228 ScalarEvolution::computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
7229   LoadInst *LI,
7230   Constant *RHS,
7231   const Loop *L,
7232   ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
7233   if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
7234 
7235   // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
7236   // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
7237   GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
7238   if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
7239 
7240   // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
7241   // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
7242   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
7243   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
7244       GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
7245       !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
7246     return getCouldNotCompute();
7247 
7248   // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
7249   Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
7250   std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
7251   unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
7252   for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
7253     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7254       Indexes.push_back(CI);
7255     } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7256       if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
7257       VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
7258       VarIdxNum = i-2;
7259       Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
7260     }
7261 
7262   // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
7263   if (!VarIdx)
7264     return getCouldNotCompute();
7265 
7266   // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
7267   // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
7268   const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
7269   Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
7270 
7271   // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
7272   // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
7273   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
7274   if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
7275       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
7276       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
7277     return getCouldNotCompute();
7278 
7279   unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
7280   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
7281     ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
7282                            cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
7283     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
7284 
7285     // Form the GEP offset.
7286     Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
7287 
7288     Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
7289                                                          Indexes);
7290     if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
7291 
7292     // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
7293     Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
7294     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
7295     if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
7296       ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
7297       return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
7298     }
7299   }
7300   return getCouldNotCompute();
7301 }
7302 
7303 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
7304     Value *LHS, Value *RHSV, const Loop *L, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
7305   ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV);
7306   if (!RHS)
7307     return getCouldNotCompute();
7308 
7309   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7310   if (!Latch)
7311     return getCouldNotCompute();
7312 
7313   const BasicBlock *Predecessor = L->getLoopPredecessor();
7314   if (!Predecessor)
7315     return getCouldNotCompute();
7316 
7317   // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
7318   // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
7319   auto MatchPositiveShift =
7320       [](Value *V, Value *&OutLHS, Instruction::BinaryOps &OutOpCode) {
7321 
7322     using namespace PatternMatch;
7323 
7324     ConstantInt *ShiftAmt;
7325     if (match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7326       OutOpCode = Instruction::LShr;
7327     else if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7328       OutOpCode = Instruction::AShr;
7329     else if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7330       OutOpCode = Instruction::Shl;
7331     else
7332       return false;
7333 
7334     return ShiftAmt->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
7335   };
7336 
7337   // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
7338   //
7339   // loop:
7340   //   %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
7341   //   %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
7342   //
7343   // Return true on a successful match.  Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
7344   // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
7345   auto MatchShiftRecurrence =
7346       [&](Value *V, PHINode *&PNOut, Instruction::BinaryOps &OpCodeOut) {
7347     Optional<Instruction::BinaryOps> PostShiftOpCode;
7348 
7349     {
7350       Instruction::BinaryOps OpC;
7351       Value *V;
7352 
7353       // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
7354       // and remember that we did so.  Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
7355       // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
7356       // operation.
7357       //
7358       // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
7359       // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value.  We only
7360       // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
7361       // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
7362       if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS, V, OpC)) {
7363         PostShiftOpCode = OpC;
7364         LHS = V;
7365       }
7366     }
7367 
7368     PNOut = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LHS);
7369     if (!PNOut || PNOut->getParent() != L->getHeader())
7370       return false;
7371 
7372     Value *BEValue = PNOut->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7373     Value *OpLHS;
7374 
7375     return
7376         // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
7377         // amount
7378         MatchPositiveShift(BEValue, OpLHS, OpCodeOut) &&
7379 
7380         // of the PHI node itself
7381         OpLHS == PNOut &&
7382 
7383         // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
7384         // off, if any.
7385         (!PostShiftOpCode.hasValue() || *PostShiftOpCode == OpCodeOut);
7386   };
7387 
7388   PHINode *PN;
7389   Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode;
7390   if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS, PN, OpCode))
7391     return getCouldNotCompute();
7392 
7393   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7394 
7395   // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
7396   // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
7397   // within a finite number of iterations.  If the condition guarding the
7398   // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
7399   // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
7400   // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
7401 
7402   ConstantInt *StableValue = nullptr;
7403   switch (OpCode) {
7404   default:
7405     llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
7406 
7407   case Instruction::AShr: {
7408     // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
7409     // bitwidth(K) iterations.
7410     Value *FirstValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor);
7411     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(FirstValue, DL, 0, nullptr,
7412                                        Predecessor->getTerminator(), &DT);
7413     auto *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType());
7414     if (Known.isNonNegative())
7415       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
7416     else if (Known.isNegative())
7417       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -1, true);
7418     else
7419       return getCouldNotCompute();
7420 
7421     break;
7422   }
7423   case Instruction::LShr:
7424   case Instruction::Shl:
7425     // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
7426     // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
7427     StableValue = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType()), 0);
7428     break;
7429   }
7430 
7431   auto *Result =
7432       ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, StableValue, RHS, DL, &TLI);
7433   assert(Result->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
7434          "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
7435 
7436   if (Result->isZeroValue()) {
7437     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
7438     const SCEV *UpperBound =
7439         getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()), BitWidth);
7440     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound, false);
7441   }
7442 
7443   return getCouldNotCompute();
7444 }
7445 
7446 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
7447 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
7448 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
7449   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
7450       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
7451       isa<LoadInst>(I))
7452     return true;
7453 
7454   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
7455     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
7456       return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI, F);
7457   return false;
7458 }
7459 
7460 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
7461 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
7462 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
7463   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
7464   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
7465 
7466   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
7467     // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
7468     // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
7469     return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
7470   }
7471 
7472   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
7473   // are constants, bail early.
7474   return CanConstantFold(I);
7475 }
7476 
7477 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
7478 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
7479 static PHINode *
7480 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
7481                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap,
7482                                unsigned Depth) {
7483   if (Depth > MaxConstantEvolvingDepth)
7484     return nullptr;
7485 
7486   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
7487   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
7488   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
7489   for (Value *Op : UseInst->operands()) {
7490     if (isa<Constant>(Op)) continue;
7491 
7492     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
7493     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
7494 
7495     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
7496     if (!P)
7497       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
7498       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
7499       // inconsistent paths meet.
7500       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
7501     if (!P) {
7502       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
7503       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
7504       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap, Depth + 1);
7505       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
7506     }
7507     if (!P)
7508       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
7509     if (PHI && PHI != P)
7510       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
7511     PHI = P;
7512   }
7513   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
7514   return PHI;
7515 }
7516 
7517 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
7518 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
7519 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
7520 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
7521 /// constraints, return null.
7522 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
7523   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7524   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7525 
7526   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7527     return PN;
7528 
7529   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
7530   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
7531   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap, 0);
7532 }
7533 
7534 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
7535 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
7536 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
7537 /// reason, return null.
7538 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
7539                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
7540                                     const DataLayout &DL,
7541                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
7542   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
7543   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
7544   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7545   if (!I) return nullptr;
7546 
7547   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
7548 
7549   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
7550   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
7551   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7552 
7553   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
7554   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
7555   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
7556   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
7557 
7558   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
7559 
7560   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7561     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
7562     if (!Operand) {
7563       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
7564       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
7565       continue;
7566     }
7567     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
7568     Vals[Operand] = C;
7569     if (!C) return nullptr;
7570     Operands[i] = C;
7571   }
7572 
7573   if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7574     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
7575                                            Operands[1], DL, TLI);
7576   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
7577     if (!LI->isVolatile())
7578       return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
7579   }
7580   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, TLI);
7581 }
7582 
7583 
7584 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
7585 // return that, else return nullptr.
7586 static Constant *getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
7587   Constant *IncomingVal = nullptr;
7588 
7589   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
7590     if (PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB)
7591       continue;
7592 
7593     auto *CurrentVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
7594     if (!CurrentVal)
7595       return nullptr;
7596 
7597     if (IncomingVal != CurrentVal) {
7598       if (IncomingVal)
7599         return nullptr;
7600       IncomingVal = CurrentVal;
7601     }
7602   }
7603 
7604   return IncomingVal;
7605 }
7606 
7607 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
7608 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
7609 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
7610 /// involving constants, fold it.
7611 Constant *
7612 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
7613                                                    const APInt &BEs,
7614                                                    const Loop *L) {
7615   auto I = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
7616   if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
7617     return I->second;
7618 
7619   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
7620     return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
7621 
7622   Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
7623 
7624   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7625   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7626   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7627 
7628   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7629   if (!Latch)
7630     return nullptr;
7631 
7632   for (auto &I : *Header) {
7633     PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
7634     if (!PHI) break;
7635     auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(PHI, Latch);
7636     if (!StartCST) continue;
7637     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
7638   }
7639   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7640     return RetVal = nullptr;
7641 
7642   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7643 
7644   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
7645   assert(BEs.getActiveBits() < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned) &&
7646          "BEs is <= MaxBruteForceIterations which is an 'unsigned'!");
7647 
7648   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
7649   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
7650   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7651   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
7652     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
7653       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
7654 
7655     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
7656     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
7657     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7658     Constant *NextPHI =
7659         EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7660     if (!NextPHI)
7661       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
7662     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
7663 
7664     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
7665 
7666     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
7667     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
7668     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
7669     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7670     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7671       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7672       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7673       PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second);
7674     }
7675     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
7676     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
7677     for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) {
7678       PHINode *PHI = I.first;
7679       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7680       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
7681         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7682         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7683       }
7684       if (NextPHI != I.second)
7685         StoppedEvolving = false;
7686     }
7687 
7688     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
7689     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
7690     if (StoppedEvolving)
7691       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
7692 
7693     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7694   }
7695 }
7696 
7697 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
7698                                                           Value *Cond,
7699                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
7700   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
7701   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
7702 
7703   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
7704   // That's the only form we support here.
7705   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
7706 
7707   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7708   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7709   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7710 
7711   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7712   assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
7713 
7714   for (auto &I : *Header) {
7715     PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
7716     if (!PHI)
7717       break;
7718     auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(PHI, Latch);
7719     if (!StartCST) continue;
7720     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
7721   }
7722   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7723     return getCouldNotCompute();
7724 
7725   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
7726   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
7727   // "ExitWhen".
7728   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
7729   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7730   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
7731     auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
7732         EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI));
7733 
7734     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
7735     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
7736 
7737     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
7738       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
7739       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
7740     }
7741 
7742     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
7743     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7744 
7745     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
7746     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
7747     // into CurrentIterVals.
7748     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7749     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7750       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7751       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7752       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
7753     }
7754     for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) {
7755       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7756       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
7757 
7758       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7759       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7760     }
7761     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7762   }
7763 
7764   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
7765   return getCouldNotCompute();
7766 }
7767 
7768 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7769   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values =
7770       ValuesAtScopes[V];
7771   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
7772   for (auto &LS : Values)
7773     if (LS.first == L)
7774       return LS.second ? LS.second : V;
7775 
7776   Values.emplace_back(L, nullptr);
7777 
7778   // Otherwise compute it.
7779   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
7780   for (auto &LS : reverse(ValuesAtScopes[V]))
7781     if (LS.first == L) {
7782       LS.second = C;
7783       break;
7784     }
7785   return C;
7786 }
7787 
7788 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
7789 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
7790 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
7791 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
7792 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
7793   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) {
7794     case scCouldNotCompute:
7795     case scAddRecExpr:
7796       break;
7797     case scConstant:
7798       return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
7799     case scUnknown:
7800       return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
7801     case scSignExtend: {
7802       const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
7803       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
7804         return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
7805       break;
7806     }
7807     case scZeroExtend: {
7808       const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
7809       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
7810         return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
7811       break;
7812     }
7813     case scTruncate: {
7814       const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
7815       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
7816         return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
7817       break;
7818     }
7819     case scAddExpr: {
7820       const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
7821       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
7822         if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7823           unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
7824           Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7825           C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7826         }
7827         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7828           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
7829           if (!C2) return nullptr;
7830 
7831           // First pointer!
7832           if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
7833             unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
7834             std::swap(C, C2);
7835             Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7836             // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
7837             // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
7838             C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7839           }
7840 
7841           // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
7842           // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
7843           if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
7844             return nullptr;
7845 
7846           if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7847             if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
7848               C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
7849                   C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
7850             C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2);
7851           } else
7852             C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
7853         }
7854         return C;
7855       }
7856       break;
7857     }
7858     case scMulExpr: {
7859       const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
7860       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
7861         // Don't bother with pointers at all.
7862         if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7863         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7864           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
7865           if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7866           C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
7867         }
7868         return C;
7869       }
7870       break;
7871     }
7872     case scUDivExpr: {
7873       const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
7874       if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
7875         if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
7876           if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
7877             return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
7878       break;
7879     }
7880     case scSMaxExpr:
7881     case scUMaxExpr:
7882       break; // TODO: smax, umax.
7883   }
7884   return nullptr;
7885 }
7886 
7887 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7888   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
7889 
7890   // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
7891   // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
7892   if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
7893     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
7894       const Loop *LI = this->LI[I->getParent()];
7895       if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
7896         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7897           if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
7898             // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
7899             // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
7900             // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
7901             // value.
7902             const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
7903             if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
7904                   dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
7905 
7906               // This trivial case can show up in some degenerate cases where
7907               // the incoming IR has not yet been fully simplified.
7908               if (BTCC->getValue()->isZero()) {
7909                 Value *InitValue = nullptr;
7910                 bool MultipleInitValues = false;
7911                 for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i++) {
7912                   if (!LI->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
7913                     if (!InitValue)
7914                       InitValue = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
7915                     else if (InitValue != PN->getIncomingValue(i)) {
7916                       MultipleInitValues = true;
7917                       break;
7918                     }
7919                   }
7920                   if (!MultipleInitValues && InitValue)
7921                     return getSCEV(InitValue);
7922                 }
7923               }
7924               // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
7925               // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
7926               // the specified iteration number.
7927               Constant *RV =
7928                   getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, BTCC->getAPInt(), LI);
7929               if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
7930             }
7931           }
7932 
7933       // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
7934       // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
7935       // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
7936       // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
7937       if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
7938         SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
7939         bool MadeImprovement = false;
7940         for (Value *Op : I->operands()) {
7941           if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
7942             Operands.push_back(C);
7943             continue;
7944           }
7945 
7946           // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
7947           // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
7948           // with scev techniques.
7949           if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
7950             return V;
7951 
7952           const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
7953           const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
7954           MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
7955 
7956           Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
7957           if (!C) return V;
7958           if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
7959             C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
7960                                                               Op->getType(),
7961                                                               false),
7962                                       C, Op->getType());
7963           Operands.push_back(C);
7964         }
7965 
7966         // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
7967         if (MadeImprovement) {
7968           Constant *C = nullptr;
7969           const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7970           if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7971             C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
7972                                                 Operands[1], DL, &TLI);
7973           else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
7974             if (!LI->isVolatile())
7975               C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
7976           } else
7977             C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, &TLI);
7978           if (!C) return V;
7979           return getSCEV(C);
7980         }
7981       }
7982     }
7983 
7984     // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
7985     return V;
7986   }
7987 
7988   if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
7989     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
7990     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
7991     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7992       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
7993       if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
7994         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
7995         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
7996         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
7997                                             Comm->op_begin()+i);
7998         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
7999 
8000         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
8001           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
8002           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8003         }
8004         if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
8005           return getAddExpr(NewOps);
8006         if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
8007           return getMulExpr(NewOps);
8008         if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
8009           return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
8010         if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
8011           return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
8012         llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
8013       }
8014     }
8015     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
8016     return Comm;
8017   }
8018 
8019   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
8020     const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
8021     const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
8022     if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
8023       return Div;   // must be loop invariant
8024     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
8025   }
8026 
8027   // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
8028   // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
8029   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
8030     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
8031     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
8032     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
8033     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8034       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
8035       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
8036         continue;
8037 
8038       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
8039       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
8040       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
8041                                           AddRec->op_begin()+i);
8042       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8043       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
8044         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
8045 
8046       const SCEV *FoldedRec =
8047         getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
8048                       AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
8049       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
8050       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
8051       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
8052       // ahead and return the folded value.
8053       if (!AddRec)
8054         return FoldedRec;
8055       break;
8056     }
8057 
8058     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
8059     // loop exit value of the addrec.
8060     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
8061       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
8062       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
8063       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
8064       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
8065 
8066       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
8067       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
8068     }
8069 
8070     return AddRec;
8071   }
8072 
8073   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
8074     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8075     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8076       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8077     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8078   }
8079 
8080   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
8081     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8082     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8083       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8084     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8085   }
8086 
8087   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
8088     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8089     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8090       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8091     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8092   }
8093 
8094   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
8095 }
8096 
8097 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
8098   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
8099 }
8100 
8101 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8102 ///
8103 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
8104 ///
8105 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
8106 /// A and B isn't important.
8107 ///
8108 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
8109 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const SCEV *B,
8110                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8111   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
8112   assert(BW == SE.getTypeSizeInBits(B->getType()));
8113   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
8114 
8115   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
8116   //
8117   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
8118   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
8119   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
8120   // D = 2^Mult2
8121 
8122   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
8123   //
8124   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
8125   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
8126   if (SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(B) < Mult2)
8127     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
8128 
8129   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
8130   // modulo (N / D).
8131   //
8132   // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
8133   // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
8134   // so we immediately truncate it.
8135   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
8136   APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
8137   Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
8138   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod).trunc(BW);
8139 
8140   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
8141   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
8142   // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
8143   // (I * B mod N) / D
8144   const SCEV *D = SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2));
8145   return SE.getUDivExactExpr(SE.getMulExpr(B, SE.getConstant(I)), D);
8146 }
8147 
8148 /// Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the given quadratic chrec
8149 /// {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which might be the same) or
8150 /// two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
8151 static Optional<std::pair<const SCEVConstant *,const SCEVConstant *>>
8152 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8153   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
8154   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
8155   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
8156   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
8157 
8158   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
8159   if (!LC || !MC || !NC)
8160     return None;
8161 
8162   uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
8163   const APInt &L = LC->getAPInt();
8164   const APInt &M = MC->getAPInt();
8165   const APInt &N = NC->getAPInt();
8166   APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
8167 
8168   // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
8169 
8170   // The A coefficient is N/2
8171   APInt A = N.sdiv(Two);
8172 
8173   // The B coefficient is M-N/2
8174   APInt B = M;
8175   B -= A; // A is the same as N/2.
8176 
8177   // The C coefficient is L.
8178   const APInt& C = L;
8179 
8180   // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
8181   APInt SqrtTerm = B;
8182   SqrtTerm *= B;
8183   SqrtTerm -= 4 * (A * C);
8184 
8185   if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) {
8186     // The loop is provably infinite.
8187     return None;
8188   }
8189 
8190   // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
8191   // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
8192   APInt SqrtVal = SqrtTerm.sqrt();
8193 
8194   // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
8195   // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
8196   APInt NegB = -std::move(B);
8197   APInt TwoA = std::move(A);
8198   TwoA <<= 1;
8199   if (TwoA.isNullValue())
8200     return None;
8201 
8202   LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
8203 
8204   ConstantInt *Solution1 =
8205     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8206   ConstantInt *Solution2 =
8207     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8208 
8209   return std::make_pair(cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution1)),
8210                         cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution2)));
8211 }
8212 
8213 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8214 ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit,
8215                               bool AllowPredicates) {
8216 
8217   // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
8218   // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
8219   // effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
8220   // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
8221 
8222   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
8223   // If the value is a constant
8224   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8225     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
8226     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
8227     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8228   }
8229 
8230   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
8231   if (!AddRec && AllowPredicates)
8232     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
8233     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
8234     // algorithm below.
8235     AddRec = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V, L, Predicates);
8236 
8237   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
8238     return getCouldNotCompute();
8239 
8240   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
8241   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
8242   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
8243     if (auto Roots = SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this)) {
8244       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
8245       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
8246       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
8247       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
8248               CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
8249         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
8250           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
8251 
8252         // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
8253         // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
8254         // should not accept a root of 2.
8255         const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
8256         if (Val->isZero())
8257           // We found a quadratic root!
8258           return ExitLimit(R1, R1, false, Predicates);
8259       }
8260     }
8261     return getCouldNotCompute();
8262   }
8263 
8264   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
8265   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
8266     return getCouldNotCompute();
8267 
8268   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
8269   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8270   //
8271   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
8272   //
8273   // equivalent to:
8274   //
8275   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
8276   //
8277   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
8278 
8279   // Get the initial value for the loop.
8280   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
8281   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
8282 
8283   // For now we handle only constant steps.
8284   //
8285   // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
8286   // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
8287   // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
8288   // We have not yet seen any such cases.
8289   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
8290   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->isZero())
8291     return getCouldNotCompute();
8292 
8293   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
8294   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
8295   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
8296   //   N = Start/-Step
8297   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
8298   bool CountDown = StepC->getAPInt().isNegative();
8299   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
8300 
8301   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
8302   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
8303   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
8304   if (StepC->getValue()->isOne() || StepC->getValue()->isMinusOne()) {
8305     APInt MaxBECount = getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance);
8306 
8307     // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
8308     // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1.  Detect this
8309     // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
8310     //
8311     // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
8312     // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
8313     // range inside the loop.
8314     const SCEV *Zero = getZero(Distance->getType());
8315     const SCEV *One = getOne(Distance->getType());
8316     const SCEV *DistancePlusOne = getAddExpr(Distance, One);
8317     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, DistancePlusOne, Zero)) {
8318       // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
8319       // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
8320       ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne);
8321       MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, CR.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
8322     }
8323     return ExitLimit(Distance, getConstant(MaxBECount), false, Predicates);
8324   }
8325 
8326   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
8327   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
8328   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
8329   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
8330   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
8331   if (ControlsExit && AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
8332       loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec->getLoop())) {
8333     const SCEV *Exact =
8334         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
8335     const SCEV *Max =
8336         Exact == getCouldNotCompute()
8337             ? Exact
8338             : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact));
8339     return ExitLimit(Exact, Max, false, Predicates);
8340   }
8341 
8342   // Solve the general equation.
8343   const SCEV *E = SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getAPInt(),
8344                                                getNegativeSCEV(Start), *this);
8345   const SCEV *M = E == getCouldNotCompute()
8346                       ? E
8347                       : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(E));
8348   return ExitLimit(E, M, false, Predicates);
8349 }
8350 
8351 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8352 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
8353   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
8354   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
8355   // future as needed.
8356 
8357   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
8358   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
8359   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8360     if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
8361       return getZero(C->getType());
8362     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8363   }
8364 
8365   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
8366   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
8367   return getCouldNotCompute();
8368 }
8369 
8370 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
8371 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
8372   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
8373   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
8374   // from the predecessor to the block.
8375   if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
8376     return {Pred, BB};
8377 
8378   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
8379   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
8380   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
8381   if (Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB))
8382     return {L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()};
8383 
8384   return {nullptr, nullptr};
8385 }
8386 
8387 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
8388 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
8389 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
8390 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
8391 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
8392   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
8393   if (A == B) return true;
8394 
8395   auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) {
8396     // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value.  For
8397     // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
8398     // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
8399     return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A));
8400   };
8401 
8402   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
8403   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
8404   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
8405     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
8406       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
8407         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
8408           if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI))
8409             return true;
8410 
8411   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
8412   return false;
8413 }
8414 
8415 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
8416                                            const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
8417                                            unsigned Depth) {
8418   bool Changed = false;
8419 
8420   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
8421   if (Depth >= 3)
8422     return false;
8423 
8424   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
8425   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
8426     // Check for both operands constant.
8427     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8428       if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
8429                                 LHSC->getValue(),
8430                                 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
8431         goto trivially_false;
8432       else
8433         goto trivially_true;
8434     }
8435     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
8436     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8437     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8438     Changed = true;
8439   }
8440 
8441   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
8442   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
8443   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
8444   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
8445     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
8446     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
8447       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8448       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8449       Changed = true;
8450     }
8451   }
8452 
8453   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
8454   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
8455   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8456     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
8457 
8458     bool SimplifiedByConstantRange = false;
8459 
8460     if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
8461       ConstantRange ExactCR = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RA);
8462       if (ExactCR.isFullSet())
8463         goto trivially_true;
8464       else if (ExactCR.isEmptySet())
8465         goto trivially_false;
8466 
8467       APInt NewRHS;
8468       CmpInst::Predicate NewPred;
8469       if (ExactCR.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred, NewRHS) &&
8470           ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred)) {
8471         // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
8472         Pred = NewPred;
8473         RHS = getConstant(NewRHS);
8474         Changed = SimplifiedByConstantRange = true;
8475       }
8476     }
8477 
8478     if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange) {
8479       switch (Pred) {
8480       default:
8481         break;
8482       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
8483       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
8484         // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
8485         if (!RA)
8486           if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
8487             if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME =
8488                     dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
8489               if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
8490                   ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
8491                 RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
8492                 LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
8493                 Changed = true;
8494               }
8495         break;
8496 
8497 
8498         // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
8499         // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
8500         // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
8501         // check to trivially_true or trivially_false.
8502 
8503       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8504         assert(!RA.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8505         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8506         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8507         Changed = true;
8508         break;
8509       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8510         assert(!RA.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8511         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8512         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8513         Changed = true;
8514         break;
8515       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8516         assert(!RA.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8517         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8518         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8519         Changed = true;
8520         break;
8521       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8522         assert(!RA.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8523         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8524         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8525         Changed = true;
8526         break;
8527       }
8528     }
8529   }
8530 
8531   // Check for obvious equality.
8532   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
8533     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
8534       goto trivially_true;
8535     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
8536       goto trivially_false;
8537   }
8538 
8539   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
8540   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
8541   switch (Pred) {
8542   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8543     if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8544       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8545                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8546       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8547       Changed = true;
8548     } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8549       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
8550                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8551       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8552       Changed = true;
8553     }
8554     break;
8555   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8556     if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8557       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
8558                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8559       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8560       Changed = true;
8561     } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8562       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8563                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8564       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8565       Changed = true;
8566     }
8567     break;
8568   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8569     if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxValue()) {
8570       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8571                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8572       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8573       Changed = true;
8574     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinValue()) {
8575       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS);
8576       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8577       Changed = true;
8578     }
8579     break;
8580   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8581     if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
8582       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
8583       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8584       Changed = true;
8585     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxValue()) {
8586       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8587                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8588       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8589       Changed = true;
8590     }
8591     break;
8592   default:
8593     break;
8594   }
8595 
8596   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
8597 
8598   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
8599   // changes.
8600   if (Changed)
8601     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
8602 
8603   return Changed;
8604 
8605 trivially_true:
8606   // Return 0 == 0.
8607   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8608   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
8609   return true;
8610 
8611 trivially_false:
8612   // Return 0 != 0.
8613   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8614   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
8615   return true;
8616 }
8617 
8618 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8619   return getSignedRangeMax(S).isNegative();
8620 }
8621 
8622 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8623   return getSignedRangeMin(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8624 }
8625 
8626 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8627   return !getSignedRangeMin(S).isNegative();
8628 }
8629 
8630 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8631   return !getSignedRangeMax(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8632 }
8633 
8634 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
8635   return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
8636 }
8637 
8638 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8639                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8640   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
8641   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8642 
8643   // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in
8644   // every iteration of the loop.
8645   // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in
8646   // every iteration of the loop.
8647   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8648   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
8649   bool LeftGuarded = false;
8650   bool RightGuarded = false;
8651   if (LAR) {
8652     const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop();
8653     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) &&
8654         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) {
8655       if (!RAR) return true;
8656       LeftGuarded = true;
8657     }
8658   }
8659   if (RAR) {
8660     const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop();
8661     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) &&
8662         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) {
8663       if (!LAR) return true;
8664       RightGuarded = true;
8665     }
8666   }
8667   if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded)
8668     return true;
8669 
8670   if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8671     return true;
8672 
8673   // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges.
8674   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8675 }
8676 
8677 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicate(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8678                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8679                                            bool &Increasing) {
8680   bool Result = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(LHS, Pred, Increasing);
8681 
8682 #ifndef NDEBUG
8683   // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
8684   // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
8685   bool IncreasingSwapped;
8686   bool ResultSwapped = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(
8687       LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), IncreasingSwapped);
8688 
8689   assert(Result == ResultSwapped && "should be able to analyze both!");
8690   if (ResultSwapped)
8691     assert(Increasing == !IncreasingSwapped &&
8692            "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
8693 #endif
8694 
8695   return Result;
8696 }
8697 
8698 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicateImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8699                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8700                                                bool &Increasing) {
8701 
8702   // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
8703   // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
8704   // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
8705   // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
8706   // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
8707   //
8708   // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
8709   // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
8710   // as general as possible.
8711 
8712   switch (Pred) {
8713   default:
8714     return false; // Conservative answer
8715 
8716   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
8717   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8718   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
8719   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8720     if (!LHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
8721       return false;
8722 
8723     Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
8724     return true;
8725 
8726   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8727   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8728   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8729   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
8730     if (!LHS->hasNoSignedWrap())
8731       return false;
8732 
8733     const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this);
8734 
8735     if (isKnownNonNegative(Step)) {
8736       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
8737       return true;
8738     }
8739 
8740     if (isKnownNonPositive(Step)) {
8741       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
8742       return true;
8743     }
8744 
8745     return false;
8746   }
8747 
8748   }
8749 
8750   llvm_unreachable("switch has default clause!");
8751 }
8752 
8753 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariantPredicate(
8754     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
8755     ICmpInst::Predicate &InvariantPred, const SCEV *&InvariantLHS,
8756     const SCEV *&InvariantRHS) {
8757 
8758   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
8759   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
8760     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
8761       return false;
8762 
8763     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8764     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8765   }
8766 
8767   const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8768   if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L)
8769     return false;
8770 
8771   bool Increasing;
8772   if (!isMonotonicPredicate(ArLHS, Pred, Increasing))
8773     return false;
8774 
8775   // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
8776   // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
8777   // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
8778   //
8779   //   * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
8780   //     is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
8781   //     backedge.
8782   //   * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
8783   //     continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
8784   //     monotonically increasing.
8785   //
8786   // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
8787   // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
8788   // loop invariant).
8789   //
8790   // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
8791   // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
8792 
8793   auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
8794 
8795   if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS))
8796     return false;
8797 
8798   InvariantPred = Pred;
8799   InvariantLHS = ArLHS->getStart();
8800   InvariantRHS = RHS;
8801   return true;
8802 }
8803 
8804 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(
8805     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8806   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
8807     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
8808 
8809   // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
8810   // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
8811 
8812   auto CheckRanges =
8813       [&](const ConstantRange &RangeLHS, const ConstantRange &RangeRHS) {
8814     return ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, RangeRHS)
8815         .contains(RangeLHS);
8816   };
8817 
8818   // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
8819   // known to be equal.
8820   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
8821     return false;
8822 
8823   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)
8824     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS)) ||
8825            CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS)) ||
8826            isKnownNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS));
8827 
8828   if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
8829     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS));
8830 
8831   return CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS));
8832 }
8833 
8834 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8835                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
8836                                                     const SCEV *RHS) {
8837   // Match Result to (X + Y)<ExpectedFlags> where Y is a constant integer.
8838   // Return Y via OutY.
8839   auto MatchBinaryAddToConst =
8840       [this](const SCEV *Result, const SCEV *X, APInt &OutY,
8841              SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags) {
8842     const SCEV *NonConstOp, *ConstOp;
8843     SCEV::NoWrapFlags FlagsPresent;
8844 
8845     if (!splitBinaryAdd(Result, ConstOp, NonConstOp, FlagsPresent) ||
8846         !isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp) || NonConstOp != X)
8847       return false;
8848 
8849     OutY = cast<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp)->getAPInt();
8850     return (FlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) == ExpectedFlags;
8851   };
8852 
8853   APInt C;
8854 
8855   switch (Pred) {
8856   default:
8857     break;
8858 
8859   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8860     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8861     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8862   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8863     // X s<= (X + C)<nsw> if C >= 0
8864     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNonNegative())
8865       return true;
8866 
8867     // (X + C)<nsw> s<= X if C <= 0
8868     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8869         !C.isStrictlyPositive())
8870       return true;
8871     break;
8872 
8873   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8874     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8875     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8876   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8877     // X s< (X + C)<nsw> if C > 0
8878     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8879         C.isStrictlyPositive())
8880       return true;
8881 
8882     // (X + C)<nsw> s< X if C < 0
8883     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNegative())
8884       return true;
8885     break;
8886   }
8887 
8888   return false;
8889 }
8890 
8891 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8892                                                    const SCEV *LHS,
8893                                                    const SCEV *RHS) {
8894   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate)
8895     return false;
8896 
8897   // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
8898   // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
8899   SaveAndRestore<bool> Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true);
8900 
8901   // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
8902   //
8903   // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
8904   // isKnownPredicate.  isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
8905   // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
8906   // interesting cases seen in practice.  We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
8907   // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
8908   return isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
8909          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) &&
8910          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
8911 }
8912 
8913 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(BasicBlock *BB,
8914                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8915                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8916   // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
8917   if (!HasGuards)
8918     return false;
8919 
8920   return any_of(*BB, [&](Instruction &I) {
8921     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
8922 
8923     Value *Condition;
8924     return match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(
8925                          m_Value(Condition))) &&
8926            isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, false);
8927   });
8928 }
8929 
8930 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
8931 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
8932 /// to eliminate casts.
8933 bool
8934 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
8935                                              ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8936                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8937   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
8938   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
8939   if (!L) return true;
8940 
8941   if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8942     return true;
8943 
8944   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
8945   if (!Latch)
8946     return false;
8947 
8948   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
8949     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
8950   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
8951       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
8952                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
8953                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
8954     return true;
8955 
8956   // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
8957   // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
8958   if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
8959     return false;
8960 
8961   SaveAndRestore<bool> ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true);
8962 
8963   // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
8964   const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
8965   const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this);
8966   if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
8967     // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
8968     // LatchBECount times.  This means the backdege condition at Latch is
8969     // equivalent to  "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
8970     Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType();
8971     auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW);
8972     const SCEV *LoopCounter =
8973       getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags);
8974     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter,
8975                       LatchBECount))
8976       return true;
8977   }
8978 
8979   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
8980   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
8981     if (!AssumeVH)
8982       continue;
8983     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
8984     if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
8985       continue;
8986 
8987     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
8988       return true;
8989   }
8990 
8991   // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an
8992   // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree.  These loops do not matter
8993   // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them.
8994   if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
8995     return false;
8996 
8997   if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch, Pred, LHS, RHS))
8998     return true;
8999 
9000   for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()];
9001        DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
9002     assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
9003 
9004     BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
9005     if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9006       return true;
9007 
9008     BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
9009     if (!PBB)
9010       continue;
9011 
9012     BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
9013     if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
9014       continue;
9015 
9016     Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
9017 
9018     // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
9019     // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
9020     // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
9021 
9022     BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
9023     if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
9024       // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
9025       // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
9026       // with us on this:
9027       assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
9028 
9029       if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
9030                         BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
9031         return true;
9032     }
9033   }
9034 
9035   return false;
9036 }
9037 
9038 bool
9039 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
9040                                           ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9041                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9042   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
9043   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
9044   if (!L) return false;
9045 
9046   if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9047     return true;
9048 
9049   // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
9050   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
9051   // leading to the original header.
9052   for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
9053          Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
9054        Pair.first;
9055        Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
9056 
9057     if (isImpliedViaGuard(Pair.first, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9058       return true;
9059 
9060     BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
9061       dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
9062     if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
9063         LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
9064       continue;
9065 
9066     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9067                       LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
9068                       LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
9069       return true;
9070   }
9071 
9072   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
9073   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
9074     if (!AssumeVH)
9075       continue;
9076     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
9077     if (!DT.dominates(CI, L->getHeader()))
9078       continue;
9079 
9080     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
9081       return true;
9082   }
9083 
9084   return false;
9085 }
9086 
9087 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9088                                     const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9089                                     Value *FoundCondValue,
9090                                     bool Inverse) {
9091   if (!PendingLoopPredicates.insert(FoundCondValue).second)
9092     return false;
9093 
9094   auto ClearOnExit =
9095       make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates.erase(FoundCondValue); });
9096 
9097   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
9098   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
9099     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
9100       if (!Inverse)
9101         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
9102                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
9103     } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
9104       if (Inverse)
9105         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
9106                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
9107     }
9108   }
9109 
9110   ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
9111   if (!ICI) return false;
9112 
9113   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
9114   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
9115   ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
9116   if (Inverse)
9117     FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
9118   else
9119     FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
9120 
9121   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
9122   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
9123 
9124   return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9125 }
9126 
9127 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
9128                                     const SCEV *RHS,
9129                                     ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred,
9130                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9131                                     const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9132   // Balance the types.
9133   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
9134       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
9135     if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
9136       LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9137       RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9138     } else {
9139       LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9140       RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9141     }
9142   } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
9143       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
9144     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
9145       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9146       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9147     } else {
9148       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9149       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9150     }
9151   }
9152 
9153   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
9154   // canonicalized the comparison.
9155   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9156     if (LHS == RHS)
9157       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
9158   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9159     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
9160       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
9161 
9162   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
9163   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
9164     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
9165       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9166       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
9167     } else {
9168       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9169       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9170     }
9171   }
9172 
9173   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
9174   if (FoundPred == Pred)
9175     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9176 
9177   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
9178   // desired predicate.
9179   if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
9180     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
9181       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
9182     else
9183       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
9184                                    RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9185   }
9186 
9187   // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the operands
9188   // are non-negative.
9189   if (CmpInst::isUnsigned(FoundPred) &&
9190       CmpInst::getSignedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred &&
9191       isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS))
9192     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9193 
9194   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
9195   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
9196       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
9197 
9198     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
9199     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
9200 
9201     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
9202       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
9203       V = FoundRHS;
9204     } else {
9205       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
9206       V = FoundLHS;
9207     }
9208 
9209     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
9210     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
9211     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
9212     // predicate we're interested in folding.
9213 
9214     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9215         getSignedRangeMin(V) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V);
9216 
9217     if (Min == C->getAPInt()) {
9218       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
9219       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
9220       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
9221 
9222       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
9223 
9224       switch (Pred) {
9225         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9226         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9227           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
9228           // RHS, we're done.
9229           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V,
9230                                     getConstant(SharperMin)))
9231             return true;
9232           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9233 
9234         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9235         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9236           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
9237           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
9238           // == Min).  This gives us
9239           //
9240           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
9241           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
9242           //
9243           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
9244 
9245           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min)))
9246             return true;
9247           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9248 
9249         default:
9250           // No change
9251           break;
9252       }
9253     }
9254   }
9255 
9256   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
9257   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
9258     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
9259       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9260         return true;
9261   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
9262     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
9263       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9264         return true;
9265 
9266   // Otherwise assume the worst.
9267   return false;
9268 }
9269 
9270 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV *Expr,
9271                                      const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R,
9272                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags &Flags) {
9273   const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9274   if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2)
9275     return false;
9276 
9277   L = AE->getOperand(0);
9278   R = AE->getOperand(1);
9279   Flags = AE->getNoWrapFlags();
9280   return true;
9281 }
9282 
9283 Optional<APInt> ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV *More,
9284                                                            const SCEV *Less) {
9285   // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
9286   // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
9287 
9288   if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) {
9289     const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less);
9290     const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More);
9291 
9292     if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop())
9293       return None;
9294 
9295     // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
9296     // getStepRecurrence cheap.
9297     if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine())
9298       return None;
9299 
9300     if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(*this))
9301       return None;
9302 
9303     Less = LAR->getStart();
9304     More = MAR->getStart();
9305 
9306     // fall through
9307   }
9308 
9309   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Less) && isa<SCEVConstant>(More)) {
9310     const auto &M = cast<SCEVConstant>(More)->getAPInt();
9311     const auto &L = cast<SCEVConstant>(Less)->getAPInt();
9312     return M - L;
9313   }
9314 
9315   const SCEV *L, *R;
9316   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags;
9317   if (splitBinaryAdd(Less, L, R, Flags))
9318     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
9319       if (R == More)
9320         return -(LC->getAPInt());
9321 
9322   if (splitBinaryAdd(More, L, R, Flags))
9323     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
9324       if (R == Less)
9325         return LC->getAPInt();
9326 
9327   return None;
9328 }
9329 
9330 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(
9331     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9332     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9333   if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
9334     return false;
9335 
9336   const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9337   if (!AddRecLHS)
9338     return false;
9339 
9340   const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS);
9341   if (!AddRecFoundLHS)
9342     return false;
9343 
9344   // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
9345   // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop.  This
9346   // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
9347 
9348   const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop();
9349   if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop())
9350     return false;
9351 
9352   //  FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C =>  (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
9353   //
9354   //  FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
9355   //                                                                  ... (2)
9356   //
9357   // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
9358   //
9359   // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
9360   //
9361   // Then
9362   //
9363   //       FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
9364   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C   [ using (3) ]
9365   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
9366   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
9367   //                        (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
9368   // <=>  FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
9369   //
9370   // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
9371   //
9372   // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
9373   //    (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
9374   //    (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
9375   //
9376   // Note:
9377   // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
9378   // will not sign underflow.  For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
9379   // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100).  Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
9380   // s< (INT_MIN - C).  Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
9381   // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
9382   // C)".
9383 
9384   Optional<APInt> LDiff = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9385   Optional<APInt> RDiff = computeConstantDifference(RHS, FoundRHS);
9386   if (!LDiff || !RDiff || *LDiff != *RDiff)
9387     return false;
9388 
9389   if (LDiff->isMinValue())
9390     return true;
9391 
9392   APInt FoundRHSLimit;
9393 
9394   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
9395     FoundRHSLimit = -(*RDiff);
9396   } else {
9397     assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!");
9398     FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - *RDiff;
9399   }
9400 
9401   // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
9402   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS,
9403                                   getConstant(FoundRHSLimit));
9404 }
9405 
9406 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9407                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9408                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9409                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9410   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9411     return true;
9412 
9413   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9414     return true;
9415 
9416   return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9417                                      FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
9418          // ~x < ~y --> x > y
9419          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9420                                      getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
9421                                      getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
9422 }
9423 
9424 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
9425 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
9426   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9427   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9428       !Add->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9429     return nullptr;
9430 
9431   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
9432   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9433       !AddRHS->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9434     return nullptr;
9435 
9436   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
9437 }
9438 
9439 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values?
9440 template<typename MaxExprType>
9441 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr,
9442                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9443   const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr);
9444   if (!MaxExpr) return false;
9445 
9446   return find(MaxExpr->operands(), Candidate) != MaxExpr->op_end();
9447 }
9448 
9449 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values?
9450 template<typename MaxExprType>
9451 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9452                               const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr,
9453                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9454   const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr);
9455   if (!MaybeMaxExpr)
9456     return false;
9457 
9458   return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate));
9459 }
9460 
9461 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9462                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9463                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9464   // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
9465   // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
9466   // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
9467 
9468   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
9469     return false;
9470 
9471   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9472   if (!LAR)
9473     return false;
9474   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
9475   if (!RAR)
9476     return false;
9477   if (LAR->getLoop() != RAR->getLoop())
9478     return false;
9479   if (!LAR->isAffine() || !RAR->isAffine())
9480     return false;
9481 
9482   if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != RAR->getStepRecurrence(SE))
9483     return false;
9484 
9485   SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9486                          SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
9487   if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW))
9488     return false;
9489 
9490   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LAR->getStart(), RAR->getStart());
9491 }
9492 
9493 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
9494 /// expression?
9495 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9496                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9497                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9498   switch (Pred) {
9499   default:
9500     return false;
9501 
9502   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9503     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9504     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9505   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9506     return
9507       // min(A, ...) <= A
9508       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9509       // A <= max(A, ...)
9510       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9511 
9512   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9513     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9514     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9515   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9516     return
9517       // min(A, ...) <= A
9518       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9519       // A <= max(A, ...)
9520       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9521   }
9522 
9523   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
9524 }
9525 
9526 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9527                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9528                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9529                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS,
9530                                              unsigned Depth) {
9531   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
9532              getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()) &&
9533          "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
9534   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) ==
9535              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS->getType()) &&
9536          "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
9537   // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
9538   if (Depth > MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth)
9539     return false;
9540   // We only want to work with ICMP_SGT comparison so far.
9541   // TODO: Extend to ICMP_UGT?
9542   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT) {
9543     Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
9544     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9545     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9546   }
9547   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
9548     return false;
9549 
9550   auto GetOpFromSExt = [&](const SCEV *S) {
9551     if (auto *Ext = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
9552       return Ext->getOperand();
9553     // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
9554     // the constant in some cases.
9555     return S;
9556   };
9557 
9558   // Acquire values from extensions.
9559   auto *OrigFoundLHS = FoundLHS;
9560   LHS = GetOpFromSExt(LHS);
9561   FoundLHS = GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS);
9562 
9563   // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
9564   auto IsSGTViaContext = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9565     return isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2) ||
9566            isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2, OrigFoundLHS,
9567                                   FoundRHS, Depth + 1);
9568   };
9569 
9570   if (auto *LHSAddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
9571     // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
9572     // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
9573     // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
9574     // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
9575     // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
9576     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
9577       return false;
9578 
9579     // Should not overflow.
9580     if (!LHSAddExpr->hasNoSignedWrap())
9581       return false;
9582 
9583     auto *LL = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(0);
9584     auto *LR = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(1);
9585     auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(RHS->getType()));
9586 
9587     // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
9588     auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9589       return IsSGTViaContext(S1, MinusOne) && IsSGTViaContext(S2, RHS);
9590     };
9591     // Try to prove the following rule:
9592     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9593     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9594     if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL, LR) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR, LL))
9595       return true;
9596   } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
9597     Value *LL, *LR;
9598     // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
9599 
9600     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
9601 
9602     if (match(LHSUnknownExpr->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL), m_Value(LR)))) {
9603       // Rules for division.
9604       // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
9605       // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
9606       // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
9607       // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
9608       // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
9609       // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
9610       // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
9611       if (!isa<ConstantInt>(LR))
9612         return false;
9613 
9614       auto *Denominator = cast<SCEVConstant>(getSCEV(LR));
9615 
9616       // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
9617       // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
9618       auto *Numerator = getExistingSCEV(LL);
9619       if (!Numerator || Numerator->getType() != FoundLHS->getType())
9620         return false;
9621 
9622       // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
9623       // is positive.
9624       if (!HasSameValue(Numerator, FoundLHS) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator))
9625         return false;
9626 
9627       auto *DTy = Denominator->getType();
9628       auto *FRHSTy = FoundRHS->getType();
9629       if (DTy->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy->isPointerTy())
9630         // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
9631         // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
9632         // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
9633         // to avoid this check.
9634         return false;
9635 
9636       // Given that:
9637       // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
9638       auto *WTy = getWiderType(DTy, FRHSTy);
9639       auto *DenominatorExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator, WTy);
9640       auto *FoundRHSExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS, WTy);
9641 
9642       // Try to prove the following rule:
9643       // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9644       // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
9645       // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
9646       auto *DenomMinusTwo = getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt, getConstant(WTy, 2));
9647       if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS) &&
9648           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, DenomMinusTwo))
9649         return true;
9650 
9651       // Try to prove the following rule:
9652       // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9653       // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
9654       // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
9655       // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
9656       // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
9657       // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
9658       auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(WTy));
9659       auto *NegDenomMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(MinusOne, DenominatorExt);
9660       if (isKnownNegative(RHS) &&
9661           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, NegDenomMinusOne))
9662         return true;
9663     }
9664   }
9665 
9666   return false;
9667 }
9668 
9669 bool
9670 ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9671                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9672   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9673          IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9674          IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9675          isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS);
9676 }
9677 
9678 bool
9679 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9680                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9681                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9682                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9683   switch (Pred) {
9684   default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
9685   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
9686   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
9687     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
9688       return true;
9689     break;
9690   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
9691   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9692     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9693         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9694       return true;
9695     break;
9696   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9697   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9698     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9699         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9700       return true;
9701     break;
9702   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
9703   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9704     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9705         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9706       return true;
9707     break;
9708   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9709   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9710     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9711         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9712       return true;
9713     break;
9714   }
9715 
9716   // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
9717   if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9718     return true;
9719 
9720   return false;
9721 }
9722 
9723 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9724                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
9725                                                      const SCEV *RHS,
9726                                                      const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9727                                                      const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9728   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
9729     // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
9730     // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
9731     return false;
9732 
9733   Optional<APInt> Addend = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9734   if (!Addend)
9735     return false;
9736 
9737   const APInt &ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getAPInt();
9738 
9739   // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
9740   // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`".
9741   ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
9742       ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS);
9743 
9744   // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
9745   ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(*Addend));
9746 
9747   // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
9748   // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
9749   const APInt &ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getAPInt();
9750   ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange =
9751       ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS);
9752 
9753   // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
9754   // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
9755   return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange);
9756 }
9757 
9758 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9759                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9760   assert(isKnownPositive(Stride) && "Positive stride expected!");
9761 
9762   if (NoWrap) return false;
9763 
9764   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9765   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9766 
9767   if (IsSigned) {
9768     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRangeMax(RHS);
9769     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
9770     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9771 
9772     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
9773     return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
9774   }
9775 
9776   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS);
9777   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
9778   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9779 
9780   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
9781   return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
9782 }
9783 
9784 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9785                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9786   if (NoWrap) return false;
9787 
9788   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9789   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9790 
9791   if (IsSigned) {
9792     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRangeMin(RHS);
9793     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
9794     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9795 
9796     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
9797     return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
9798   }
9799 
9800   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS);
9801   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
9802   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9803 
9804   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
9805   return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
9806 }
9807 
9808 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
9809                                             bool Equality) {
9810   const SCEV *One = getOne(Step->getType());
9811   Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
9812                    : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
9813   return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
9814 }
9815 
9816 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeMaxBECountForLT(const SCEV *Start,
9817                                                     const SCEV *Stride,
9818                                                     const SCEV *End,
9819                                                     unsigned BitWidth,
9820                                                     bool IsSigned) {
9821 
9822   assert(!isKnownNonPositive(Stride) &&
9823          "Stride is expected strictly positive!");
9824   // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
9825   // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
9826   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
9827   APInt MinStart =
9828       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Start) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start);
9829 
9830   APInt StrideForMaxBECount =
9831       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
9832 
9833   // We already know that the stride is positive, so we paper over conservatism
9834   // in our range computation by forcing StrideForMaxBECount to be at least one.
9835   // In theory this is unnecessary, but we expect MaxBECount to be a
9836   // SCEVConstant, and (udiv <constant> 0) is not constant folded by SCEV (there
9837   // is nothing to constant fold it to).
9838   APInt One(BitWidth, 1, IsSigned);
9839   StrideForMaxBECount = APIntOps::smax(One, StrideForMaxBECount);
9840 
9841   APInt MaxValue = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth)
9842                             : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
9843   APInt Limit = MaxValue - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1);
9844 
9845   // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
9846   // the case End = RHS of the loop termination condition. This is safe because
9847   // in the other case (End - Start) is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge
9848   // taken count.
9849   APInt MaxEnd = IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(End), Limit)
9850                           : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(End), Limit);
9851 
9852   MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart) /* Delta */,
9853                               getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount) /* Step */,
9854                               false /* Equality */);
9855 
9856   return MaxBECount;
9857 }
9858 
9859 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9860 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9861                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
9862                                   bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9863   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
9864 
9865   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9866   bool PredicatedIV = false;
9867 
9868   if (!IV && AllowPredicates) {
9869     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
9870     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
9871     // algorithm below.
9872     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
9873     PredicatedIV = true;
9874   }
9875 
9876   // Avoid weird loops
9877   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
9878     return getCouldNotCompute();
9879 
9880   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
9881                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
9882 
9883   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
9884 
9885   bool PositiveStride = isKnownPositive(Stride);
9886 
9887   // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
9888   if (!PositiveStride) {
9889     // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
9890     // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
9891     // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
9892     //
9893     // i = start
9894     // do {
9895     //   A[i] = i;
9896     //   i += s;
9897     // } while (i < end);
9898     //
9899     // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
9900     // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
9901     //
9902     // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
9903     // of the above formula is as follows -
9904     //
9905     // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
9906     //    NoWrap flag).
9907     // b) loop is single exit with no side effects.
9908     //
9909     //
9910     // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
9911     // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
9912     //
9913     // Precondition b) implies that the unknown stride cannot be zero otherwise
9914     // we have UB.
9915     //
9916     // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
9917     // true (original behavior of the function).
9918     //
9919     // We want to make sure that the stride is truly unknown as there are edge
9920     // cases where ScalarEvolution propagates no wrap flags to the
9921     // post-increment/decrement IV even though the increment/decrement operation
9922     // itself is wrapping. The computed backedge taken count may be wrong in
9923     // such cases. This is prevented by checking that the stride is not known to
9924     // be either positive or non-positive. For example, no wrap flags are
9925     // propagated to the post-increment IV of this loop with a trip count of 2 -
9926     //
9927     // unsigned char i;
9928     // for(i=127; i<128; i+=129)
9929     //   A[i] = i;
9930     //
9931     if (PredicatedIV || !NoWrap || isKnownNonPositive(Stride) ||
9932         !loopHasNoSideEffects(L))
9933       return getCouldNotCompute();
9934   } else if (!Stride->isOne() &&
9935              doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
9936     // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
9937     // count will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow
9938     // conditions exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of
9939     // undefined behaviors like the case of C language.
9940     return getCouldNotCompute();
9941 
9942   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
9943                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
9944   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
9945   const SCEV *End = RHS;
9946   // When the RHS is not invariant, we do not know the end bound of the loop and
9947   // cannot calculate the ExactBECount needed by ExitLimit. However, we can
9948   // calculate the MaxBECount, given the start, stride and max value for the end
9949   // bound of the loop (RHS), and the fact that IV does not overflow (which is
9950   // checked above).
9951   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
9952     const SCEV *MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
9953         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
9954     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute() /* ExactNotTaken */, MaxBECount,
9955                      false /*MaxOrZero*/, Predicates);
9956   }
9957   // If the backedge is taken at least once, then it will be taken
9958   // (End-Start)/Stride times (rounded up to a multiple of Stride), where Start
9959   // is the LHS value of the less-than comparison the first time it is evaluated
9960   // and End is the RHS.
9961   const SCEV *BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
9962     computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
9963   // If the loop entry is guarded by the result of the backedge test of the
9964   // first loop iteration, then we know the backedge will be taken at least
9965   // once and so the backedge taken count is as above. If not then we use the
9966   // expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the backedge count,
9967   // as if the backedge is taken at least once max(End,Start) is End and so the
9968   // result is as above, and if not max(End,Start) is Start so we get a backedge
9969   // count of zero.
9970   const SCEV *BECount;
9971   if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS))
9972     BECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
9973   else {
9974     End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
9975     BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
9976   }
9977 
9978   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
9979   bool MaxOrZero = false;
9980   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
9981     MaxBECount = BECount;
9982   else if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken)) {
9983     // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
9984     // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
9985     // zero.
9986     MaxBECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
9987     MaxOrZero = true;
9988   } else {
9989     MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
9990         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
9991   }
9992 
9993   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
9994       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
9995     MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
9996 
9997   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MaxOrZero, Predicates);
9998 }
9999 
10000 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
10001 ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10002                                      const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
10003                                      bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
10004   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
10005   // We handle only IV > Invariant
10006   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
10007     return getCouldNotCompute();
10008 
10009   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
10010   if (!IV && AllowPredicates)
10011     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
10012     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
10013     // algorithm below.
10014     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
10015 
10016   // Avoid weird loops
10017   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
10018     return getCouldNotCompute();
10019 
10020   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
10021                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
10022 
10023   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
10024 
10025   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
10026   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
10027     return getCouldNotCompute();
10028 
10029   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
10030   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
10031   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
10032   // behaviors like the case of C language.
10033   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
10034     return getCouldNotCompute();
10035 
10036   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
10037                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
10038 
10039   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
10040   const SCEV *End = RHS;
10041   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS))
10042     End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
10043 
10044   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
10045 
10046   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMax(Start)
10047                             : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start);
10048 
10049   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
10050                              : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
10051 
10052   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
10053   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
10054                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
10055 
10056   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
10057   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
10058   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
10059   APInt MinEnd =
10060     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit)
10061              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit);
10062 
10063 
10064   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
10065   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
10066     MaxBECount = BECount;
10067   else
10068     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
10069                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
10070 
10071   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
10072     MaxBECount = BECount;
10073 
10074   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false, Predicates);
10075 }
10076 
10077 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange &Range,
10078                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
10079   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
10080     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10081 
10082   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
10083   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
10084     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
10085       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
10086       Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType());
10087       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
10088                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
10089       if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
10090         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
10091             Range.subtract(SC->getAPInt()), SE);
10092       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
10093       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10094     }
10095 
10096   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
10097   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
10098   if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV *Op) { return !isa<SCEVConstant>(Op); }))
10099     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10100 
10101   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
10102   // that the start element is zero.
10103 
10104   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
10105   // iteration exits.
10106   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
10107   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
10108     return SE.getZero(getType());
10109 
10110   if (isAffine()) {
10111     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
10112     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
10113 
10114     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
10115     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
10116     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
10117     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
10118     APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
10119     APInt End = A.sge(1) ? (Range.getUpper() - 1) : Range.getLower();
10120 
10121     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
10122     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
10123     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
10124 
10125     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
10126     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
10127     // things must have happened.
10128     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
10129     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
10130       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
10131 
10132     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
10133     assert(Range.contains(
10134            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
10135            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - 1), SE)->getValue()) &&
10136            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
10137     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
10138   } else if (isQuadratic()) {
10139     // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
10140     // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
10141     // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
10142     // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
10143     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
10144     NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
10145     const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), FlagAnyWrap);
10146 
10147     // Next, solve the constructed addrec
10148     if (auto Roots =
10149             SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE)) {
10150       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
10151       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
10152       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
10153       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
10154               ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
10155         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
10156           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
10157 
10158         // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
10159         // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
10160         // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
10161         ConstantInt *R1Val =
10162             EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, R1->getValue(), SE);
10163         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
10164           // The next iteration must be out of the range...
10165           ConstantInt *NextVal =
10166               ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() + 1);
10167 
10168           R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10169           if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10170             return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
10171           return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10172         }
10173 
10174         // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
10175         // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
10176         ConstantInt *NextVal =
10177             ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() - 1);
10178         R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10179         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10180           return R1;
10181         return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10182       }
10183     }
10184   }
10185 
10186   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10187 }
10188 
10189 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
10190 static inline bool containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
10191   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
10192     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
10193       return isa<UndefValue>(SU->getValue());
10194     else if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
10195       return isa<UndefValue>(SC->getValue());
10196     return false;
10197   });
10198 }
10199 
10200 namespace {
10201 
10202 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
10203 struct SCEVCollectStrides {
10204   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10205   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
10206 
10207   SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
10208       : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
10209 
10210   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10211     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
10212       Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
10213     return true;
10214   }
10215 
10216   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10217 };
10218 
10219 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
10220 struct SCEVCollectTerms {
10221   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10222 
10223   SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) : Terms(T) {}
10224 
10225   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10226     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S) ||
10227         isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
10228       if (!containsUndefs(S))
10229         Terms.push_back(S);
10230 
10231       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10232       return false;
10233     }
10234 
10235     // Keep looking.
10236     return true;
10237   }
10238 
10239   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10240 };
10241 
10242 // Check if a SCEV contains an AddRecExpr.
10243 struct SCEVHasAddRec {
10244   bool &ContainsAddRec;
10245 
10246   SCEVHasAddRec(bool &ContainsAddRec) : ContainsAddRec(ContainsAddRec) {
10247     ContainsAddRec = false;
10248   }
10249 
10250   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10251     if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
10252       ContainsAddRec = true;
10253 
10254       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10255       return false;
10256     }
10257 
10258     // Keep looking.
10259     return true;
10260   }
10261 
10262   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10263 };
10264 
10265 // Find factors that are multiplied with an expression that (possibly as a
10266 // subexpression) contains an AddRecExpr. In the expression:
10267 //
10268 //  8 * (100 +  %p * %q * (%a + {0, +, 1}_loop))
10269 //
10270 // "%p * %q" are factors multiplied by the expression "(%a + {0, +, 1}_loop)"
10271 // that contains the AddRec {0, +, 1}_loop. %p * %q are likely to be array size
10272 // parameters as they form a product with an induction variable.
10273 //
10274 // This collector expects all array size parameters to be in the same MulExpr.
10275 // It might be necessary to later add support for collecting parameters that are
10276 // spread over different nested MulExpr.
10277 struct SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies {
10278   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10279   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10280 
10281   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T, ScalarEvolution &SE)
10282       : Terms(T), SE(SE) {}
10283 
10284   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10285     if (auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
10286       bool HasAddRec = false;
10287       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 0> Operands;
10288       for (auto Op : Mul->operands()) {
10289         const SCEVUnknown *Unknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op);
10290         if (Unknown && !isa<CallInst>(Unknown->getValue())) {
10291           Operands.push_back(Op);
10292         } else if (Unknown) {
10293           HasAddRec = true;
10294         } else {
10295           bool ContainsAddRec;
10296           SCEVHasAddRec ContiansAddRec(ContainsAddRec);
10297           visitAll(Op, ContiansAddRec);
10298           HasAddRec |= ContainsAddRec;
10299         }
10300       }
10301       if (Operands.size() == 0)
10302         return true;
10303 
10304       if (!HasAddRec)
10305         return false;
10306 
10307       Terms.push_back(SE.getMulExpr(Operands));
10308       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10309       return false;
10310     }
10311 
10312     // Keep looking.
10313     return true;
10314   }
10315 
10316   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10317 };
10318 
10319 } // end anonymous namespace
10320 
10321 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. We first for parameters in
10322 /// two places:
10323 ///   1) The strides of AddRec expressions.
10324 ///   2) Unknowns that are multiplied with AddRec expressions.
10325 void ScalarEvolution::collectParametricTerms(const SCEV *Expr,
10326     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10327   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
10328   SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(*this, Strides);
10329   visitAll(Expr, StrideCollector);
10330 
10331   DEBUG({
10332       dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
10333       for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
10334         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10335     });
10336 
10337   for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
10338     SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
10339     visitAll(S, TermCollector);
10340   }
10341 
10342   DEBUG({
10343       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10344       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10345         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10346     });
10347 
10348   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies MulCollector(Terms, *this);
10349   visitAll(Expr, MulCollector);
10350 }
10351 
10352 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
10353                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10354                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10355   int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
10356   const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
10357 
10358   // End of recursion.
10359   if (Last == 0) {
10360     if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
10361       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
10362       for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10363         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10364           Qs.push_back(Op);
10365 
10366       Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
10367     }
10368 
10369     Sizes.push_back(Step);
10370     return true;
10371   }
10372 
10373   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10374     // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
10375     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10376     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
10377 
10378     // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
10379     if (!R->isZero())
10380       return false;
10381 
10382     Term = Q;
10383   }
10384 
10385   // Remove all SCEVConstants.
10386   Terms.erase(
10387       remove_if(Terms, [](const SCEV *E) { return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); }),
10388       Terms.end());
10389 
10390   if (Terms.size() > 0)
10391     if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
10392       return false;
10393 
10394   Sizes.push_back(Step);
10395   return true;
10396 }
10397 
10398 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
10399 static inline bool containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10400   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10401     if (SCEVExprContains(T, isa<SCEVUnknown, const SCEV *>))
10402       return true;
10403   return false;
10404 }
10405 
10406 // Return the number of product terms in S.
10407 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
10408   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
10409     return Expr->getNumOperands();
10410   return 1;
10411 }
10412 
10413 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
10414   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
10415     return nullptr;
10416 
10417   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
10418     return T;
10419 
10420   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
10421     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
10422     for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10423       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10424         Factors.push_back(Op);
10425 
10426     return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
10427   }
10428 
10429   return T;
10430 }
10431 
10432 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
10433 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
10434   Type *Ty;
10435   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
10436     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
10437   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
10438     Ty = Load->getType();
10439   else
10440     return nullptr;
10441 
10442   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
10443   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
10444 }
10445 
10446 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10447                                           SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10448                                           const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10449   if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
10450     return;
10451 
10452   // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
10453   // non parametric SCEVs.
10454   if (!containsParameters(Terms))
10455     return;
10456 
10457   DEBUG({
10458       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10459       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10460         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10461     });
10462 
10463   // Remove duplicates.
10464   array_pod_sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
10465   Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
10466 
10467   // Put larger terms first.
10468   std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10469     return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
10470   });
10471 
10472   // Try to divide all terms by the element size. If term is not divisible by
10473   // element size, proceed with the original term.
10474   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10475     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10476     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
10477     if (!Q->isZero())
10478       Term = Q;
10479   }
10480 
10481   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
10482 
10483   // Remove constant factors.
10484   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10485     if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(*this, T))
10486       NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
10487 
10488   DEBUG({
10489       dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
10490       for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
10491         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10492     });
10493 
10494   if (NewTerms.empty() || !findArrayDimensionsRec(*this, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
10495     Sizes.clear();
10496     return;
10497   }
10498 
10499   // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
10500   Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
10501 
10502   DEBUG({
10503       dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
10504       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
10505         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10506     });
10507 }
10508 
10509 void ScalarEvolution::computeAccessFunctions(
10510     const SCEV *Expr, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10511     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10512   // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
10513   if (Sizes.empty())
10514     return;
10515 
10516   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr))
10517     if (!AR->isAffine())
10518       return;
10519 
10520   const SCEV *Res = Expr;
10521   int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
10522   for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
10523     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10524     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
10525 
10526     DEBUG({
10527         dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
10528         dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
10529         dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
10530         dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
10531         dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
10532       });
10533 
10534     Res = Q;
10535 
10536     // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
10537     // the array.
10538     if (i == Last) {
10539 
10540       // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
10541       if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
10542         Subscripts.clear();
10543         Sizes.clear();
10544         return;
10545       }
10546 
10547       continue;
10548     }
10549 
10550     // Record the access function for the current subscript.
10551     Subscripts.push_back(R);
10552   }
10553 
10554   // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
10555   // the access function of the innermost dimension.
10556   Subscripts.push_back(Res);
10557 
10558   std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
10559 
10560   DEBUG({
10561       dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
10562       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
10563         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10564     });
10565 }
10566 
10567 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
10568 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
10569 /// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
10570 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
10571 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
10572 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
10573 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
10574 ///
10575 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
10576 ///
10577 ///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
10578 ///
10579 ///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
10580 ///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
10581 ///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
10582 ///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
10583 ///  }
10584 ///
10585 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
10586 ///
10587 ///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
10588 ///
10589 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
10590 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
10591 /// the loops:
10592 ///
10593 ///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
10594 ///
10595 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
10596 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
10597 ///
10598 ///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
10599 ///
10600 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
10601 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
10602 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
10603 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
10604 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
10605 ///
10606 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
10607 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
10608 ///
10609 ///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
10610 ///
10611 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
10612 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
10613 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
10614 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
10615 void ScalarEvolution::delinearize(const SCEV *Expr,
10616                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10617                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10618                                  const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10619   // First step: collect parametric terms.
10620   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
10621   collectParametricTerms(Expr, Terms);
10622 
10623   if (Terms.empty())
10624     return;
10625 
10626   // Second step: find subscript sizes.
10627   findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
10628 
10629   if (Sizes.empty())
10630     return;
10631 
10632   // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
10633   computeAccessFunctions(Expr, Subscripts, Sizes);
10634 
10635   if (Subscripts.empty())
10636     return;
10637 
10638   DEBUG({
10639       dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *Expr << "\n";
10640       dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
10641       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
10642         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
10643 
10644       dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
10645       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
10646         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
10647       dbgs() << "\n";
10648     });
10649 }
10650 
10651 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10652 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
10653 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10654 
10655 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
10656   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
10657   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
10658     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10659   SE->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
10660   // this now dangles!
10661 }
10662 
10663 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
10664   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
10665 
10666   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
10667   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
10668   // value.
10669   Value *Old = getValPtr();
10670   SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
10671   SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
10672   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
10673     User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
10674     // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
10675     // that until everything else is done.
10676     if (U == Old)
10677       continue;
10678     if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
10679       continue;
10680     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
10681       SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10682     SE->eraseValueFromMap(U);
10683     Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
10684   }
10685   // Delete the Old value.
10686   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
10687     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10688   SE->eraseValueFromMap(Old);
10689   // this now dangles!
10690 }
10691 
10692 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
10693   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
10694 
10695 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10696 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
10697 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10698 
10699 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
10700                                  AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT,
10701                                  LoopInfo &LI)
10702     : F(F), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI),
10703       CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), ValuesAtScopes(64),
10704       LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64) {
10705   // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
10706   // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators.  Doing this is a waste of
10707   // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
10708   // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
10709   //
10710   // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
10711   // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
10712   // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards.  For now we prefer to be
10713   // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
10714 
10715   auto *GuardDecl = F.getParent()->getFunction(
10716       Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard));
10717   HasGuards = GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty();
10718 }
10719 
10720 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg)
10721     : F(Arg.F), HasGuards(Arg.HasGuards), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC), DT(Arg.DT),
10722       LI(Arg.LI), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)),
10723       ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)),
10724       PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg.PendingLoopPredicates)),
10725       MinTrailingZerosCache(std::move(Arg.MinTrailingZerosCache)),
10726       BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)),
10727       PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
10728           std::move(Arg.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)),
10729       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
10730           std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)),
10731       ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)),
10732       LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)),
10733       LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg.LoopPropertiesCache)),
10734       BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)),
10735       UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)),
10736       SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)),
10737       UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)),
10738       UniquePreds(std::move(Arg.UniquePreds)),
10739       SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)),
10740       LoopUsers(std::move(Arg.LoopUsers)),
10741       PredicatedSCEVRewrites(std::move(Arg.PredicatedSCEVRewrites)),
10742       FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) {
10743   Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10744 }
10745 
10746 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
10747   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
10748   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
10749   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) {
10750     SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U;
10751     U = U->Next;
10752     Tmp->~SCEVUnknown();
10753   }
10754   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10755 
10756   ExprValueMap.clear();
10757   ValueExprMap.clear();
10758   HasRecMap.clear();
10759 
10760   // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
10761   // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
10762   for (auto &BTCI : BackedgeTakenCounts)
10763     BTCI.second.clear();
10764   for (auto &BTCI : PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)
10765     BTCI.second.clear();
10766 
10767   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
10768   assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
10769   assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
10770 }
10771 
10772 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
10773   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
10774 }
10775 
10776 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
10777                           const Loop *L) {
10778   // Print all inner loops first
10779   for (Loop *I : *L)
10780     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, I);
10781 
10782   OS << "Loop ";
10783   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10784   OS << ": ";
10785 
10786   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
10787   L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
10788   if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
10789     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
10790 
10791   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10792     OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10793   } else {
10794     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
10795   }
10796 
10797   OS << "\n"
10798         "Loop ";
10799   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10800   OS << ": ";
10801 
10802   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
10803     OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10804     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
10805       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
10806   } else {
10807     OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
10808   }
10809 
10810   OS << "\n"
10811         "Loop ";
10812   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10813   OS << ": ";
10814 
10815   SCEVUnionPredicate Pred;
10816   auto PBT = SE->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L, Pred);
10817   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PBT)) {
10818     OS << "Predicated backedge-taken count is " << *PBT << "\n";
10819     OS << " Predicates:\n";
10820     Pred.print(OS, 4);
10821   } else {
10822     OS << "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count. ";
10823   }
10824   OS << "\n";
10825 
10826   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10827     OS << "Loop ";
10828     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10829     OS << ": ";
10830     OS << "Trip multiple is " << SE->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L) << "\n";
10831   }
10832 }
10833 
10834 static StringRef loopDispositionToStr(ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD) {
10835   switch (LD) {
10836   case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant:
10837     return "Variant";
10838   case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant:
10839     return "Invariant";
10840   case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable:
10841     return "Computable";
10842   }
10843   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition kind!");
10844 }
10845 
10846 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
10847   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
10848   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
10849   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
10850   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
10851   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
10852   // const isn't dangerous.
10853   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
10854 
10855   OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
10856   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10857   OS << "\n";
10858   for (Instruction &I : instructions(F))
10859     if (isSCEVable(I.getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(I)) {
10860       OS << I << '\n';
10861       OS << "  -->  ";
10862       const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&I);
10863       SV->print(OS);
10864       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
10865         OS << " U: ";
10866         SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
10867         OS << " S: ";
10868         SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
10869       }
10870 
10871       const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(I.getParent());
10872 
10873       const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
10874       if (AtUse != SV) {
10875         OS << "  -->  ";
10876         AtUse->print(OS);
10877         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
10878           OS << " U: ";
10879           SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
10880           OS << " S: ";
10881           SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
10882         }
10883       }
10884 
10885       if (L) {
10886         OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
10887         const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
10888         if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
10889           OS << "<<Unknown>>";
10890         } else {
10891           OS << *ExitValue;
10892         }
10893 
10894         bool First = true;
10895         for (auto *Iter = L; Iter; Iter = Iter->getParentLoop()) {
10896           if (First) {
10897             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
10898             First = false;
10899           } else {
10900             OS << ", ";
10901           }
10902 
10903           Iter->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10904           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, Iter));
10905         }
10906 
10907         for (auto *InnerL : depth_first(L)) {
10908           if (InnerL == L)
10909             continue;
10910           if (First) {
10911             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
10912             First = false;
10913           } else {
10914             OS << ", ";
10915           }
10916 
10917           InnerL->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10918           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, InnerL));
10919         }
10920 
10921         OS << " }";
10922       }
10923 
10924       OS << "\n";
10925     }
10926 
10927   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
10928   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10929   OS << "\n";
10930   for (Loop *I : LI)
10931     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, I);
10932 }
10933 
10934 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
10935 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10936   auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
10937   for (auto &V : Values) {
10938     if (V.getPointer() == L)
10939       return V.getInt();
10940   }
10941   Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
10942   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
10943   auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
10944   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
10945     if (V.getPointer() == L) {
10946       V.setInt(D);
10947       break;
10948     }
10949   }
10950   return D;
10951 }
10952 
10953 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
10954 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10955   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
10956   case scConstant:
10957     return LoopInvariant;
10958   case scTruncate:
10959   case scZeroExtend:
10960   case scSignExtend:
10961     return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
10962   case scAddRecExpr: {
10963     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
10964 
10965     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
10966     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
10967       return LoopComputable;
10968 
10969     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
10970     if (!L)
10971       return LoopVariant;
10972 
10973     // Everything that is not defined at loop entry is variant.
10974     if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), AR->getLoop()->getHeader()))
10975       return LoopVariant;
10976     assert(!L->contains(AR->getLoop()) && "Containing loop's header does not"
10977            " dominate the contained loop's header?");
10978 
10979     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
10980     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
10981       return LoopInvariant;
10982 
10983     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
10984     // are variant.
10985     for (auto *Op : AR->operands())
10986       if (!isLoopInvariant(Op, L))
10987         return LoopVariant;
10988 
10989     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
10990     return LoopInvariant;
10991   }
10992   case scAddExpr:
10993   case scMulExpr:
10994   case scUMaxExpr:
10995   case scSMaxExpr: {
10996     bool HasVarying = false;
10997     for (auto *Op : cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)->operands()) {
10998       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(Op, L);
10999       if (D == LoopVariant)
11000         return LoopVariant;
11001       if (D == LoopComputable)
11002         HasVarying = true;
11003     }
11004     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
11005   }
11006   case scUDivExpr: {
11007     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
11008     LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
11009     if (LD == LoopVariant)
11010       return LoopVariant;
11011     LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
11012     if (RD == LoopVariant)
11013       return LoopVariant;
11014     return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
11015            LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
11016   }
11017   case scUnknown:
11018     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
11019     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
11020     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
11021     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
11022     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
11023       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
11024     return LoopInvariant;
11025   case scCouldNotCompute:
11026     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
11027   }
11028   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
11029 }
11030 
11031 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11032   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
11033 }
11034 
11035 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11036   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
11037 }
11038 
11039 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
11040 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11041   auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
11042   for (auto &V : Values) {
11043     if (V.getPointer() == BB)
11044       return V.getInt();
11045   }
11046   Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
11047   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
11048   auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
11049   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
11050     if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
11051       V.setInt(D);
11052       break;
11053     }
11054   }
11055   return D;
11056 }
11057 
11058 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
11059 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11060   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
11061   case scConstant:
11062     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11063   case scTruncate:
11064   case scZeroExtend:
11065   case scSignExtend:
11066     return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
11067   case scAddRecExpr: {
11068     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
11069     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
11070     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
11071     // dominates its entire containing block.
11072     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11073     if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
11074       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11075 
11076     // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
11077     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
11078   }
11079   case scAddExpr:
11080   case scMulExpr:
11081   case scUMaxExpr:
11082   case scSMaxExpr: {
11083     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
11084     bool Proper = true;
11085     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
11086       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(NAryOp, BB);
11087       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11088         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11089       if (D == DominatesBlock)
11090         Proper = false;
11091     }
11092     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
11093   }
11094   case scUDivExpr: {
11095     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
11096     const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
11097     BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
11098     if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11099       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11100     BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
11101     if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11102       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11103     return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
11104       ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
11105   }
11106   case scUnknown:
11107     if (Instruction *I =
11108           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
11109       if (I->getParent() == BB)
11110         return DominatesBlock;
11111       if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
11112         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11113       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11114     }
11115     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11116   case scCouldNotCompute:
11117     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
11118   }
11119   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
11120 }
11121 
11122 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11123   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
11124 }
11125 
11126 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11127   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11128 }
11129 
11130 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
11131   return SCEVExprContains(S, [&](const SCEV *Expr) { return Expr == Op; });
11132 }
11133 
11134 bool ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::hasOperand(const SCEV *S) const {
11135   auto IsS = [&](const SCEV *X) { return S == X; };
11136   auto ContainsS = [&](const SCEV *X) {
11137     return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(X) && SCEVExprContains(X, IsS);
11138   };
11139   return ContainsS(ExactNotTaken) || ContainsS(MaxNotTaken);
11140 }
11141 
11142 void
11143 ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) {
11144   ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
11145   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
11146   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
11147   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
11148   SignedRanges.erase(S);
11149   ExprValueMap.erase(S);
11150   HasRecMap.erase(S);
11151   MinTrailingZerosCache.erase(S);
11152 
11153   for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
11154        I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
11155     std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
11156     if (Entry.first == S)
11157       PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
11158     else
11159       ++I;
11160   }
11161 
11162   auto RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap =
11163       [S, this](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map) {
11164         for (auto I = Map.begin(), E = Map.end(); I != E;) {
11165           BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
11166           if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
11167             BEInfo.clear();
11168             Map.erase(I++);
11169           } else
11170             ++I;
11171         }
11172       };
11173 
11174   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts);
11175   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts);
11176 }
11177 
11178 void ScalarEvolution::addToLoopUseLists(const SCEV *S) {
11179   struct FindUsedLoops {
11180     SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
11181     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
11182       if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
11183         LoopsUsed.insert(AR->getLoop());
11184       return true;
11185     }
11186 
11187     bool isDone() const { return false; }
11188   };
11189 
11190   FindUsedLoops F;
11191   SCEVTraversal<FindUsedLoops>(F).visitAll(S);
11192 
11193   for (auto *L : F.LoopsUsed)
11194     LoopUsers[L].push_back(S);
11195 }
11196 
11197 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
11198   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
11199   ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
11200 
11201   SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopStack(LI.begin(), LI.end());
11202 
11203   // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
11204   struct SCEVMapper : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper> {
11205     SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper>(SE) {}
11206 
11207     const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) {
11208       return SE.getConstant(Constant->getAPInt());
11209     }
11210 
11211     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11212       return SE.getUnknown(Expr->getValue());
11213     }
11214 
11215     const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) {
11216       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11217     }
11218   };
11219 
11220   SCEVMapper SCM(SE2);
11221 
11222   while (!LoopStack.empty()) {
11223     auto *L = LoopStack.pop_back_val();
11224     LoopStack.insert(LoopStack.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
11225 
11226     auto *CurBECount = SCM.visit(
11227         const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this)->getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
11228     auto *NewBECount = SE2.getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
11229 
11230     if (CurBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute() ||
11231         NewBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute()) {
11232       // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
11233       // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
11234       // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV.  However, we
11235       // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
11236       // positives.
11237       continue;
11238     }
11239 
11240     if (containsUndefs(CurBECount) || containsUndefs(NewBECount)) {
11241       // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
11242       // not propagate undef aggressively).  This means we can (and do) fail
11243       // verification in cases where a transform makes the trip count of a loop
11244       // go from "undef" to "undef+1" (say).  The transform is fine, since in
11245       // both cases the loop iterates "undef" times, but SCEV thinks we
11246       // increased the trip count of the loop by 1 incorrectly.
11247       continue;
11248     }
11249 
11250     if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) >
11251         SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11252       NewBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount, CurBECount->getType());
11253     else if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) <
11254              SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11255       CurBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount, NewBECount->getType());
11256 
11257     auto *ConstantDelta =
11258         dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SE2.getMinusSCEV(CurBECount, NewBECount));
11259 
11260     if (ConstantDelta && ConstantDelta->getAPInt() != 0) {
11261       dbgs() << "Trip Count Changed!\n";
11262       dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount << "\n";
11263       dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount << "\n";
11264       dbgs() << "Delta: " << *ConstantDelta << "\n";
11265       std::abort();
11266     }
11267   }
11268 }
11269 
11270 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
11271     Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
11272     FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
11273   // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
11274   // of its dependencies is invalidated.
11275   auto PAC = PA.getChecker<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>();
11276   return !(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()) ||
11277          Inv.invalidate<AssumptionAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11278          Inv.invalidate<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11279          Inv.invalidate<LoopAnalysis>(F, PA);
11280 }
11281 
11282 AnalysisKey ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key;
11283 
11284 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F,
11285                                              FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11286   return ScalarEvolution(F, AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F),
11287                          AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F),
11288                          AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
11289                          AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F));
11290 }
11291 
11292 PreservedAnalyses
11293 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11294   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS);
11295   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
11296 }
11297 
11298 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11299                       "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11300 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
11301 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
11302 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
11303 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
11304 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11305                     "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11306 
11307 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0;
11308 
11309 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
11310   initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
11311 }
11312 
11313 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
11314   SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
11315       F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(),
11316       getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F),
11317       getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
11318       getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo()));
11319   return false;
11320 }
11321 
11322 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); }
11323 
11324 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
11325   SE->print(OS);
11326 }
11327 
11328 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
11329   if (!VerifySCEV)
11330     return;
11331 
11332   SE->verify();
11333 }
11334 
11335 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
11336   AU.setPreservesAll();
11337   AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
11338   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
11339   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
11340   AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
11341 }
11342 
11343 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEV *LHS,
11344                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
11345   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11346   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
11347          "Type mismatch between LHS and RHS");
11348   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11349   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Equal);
11350   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
11351   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
11352   void *IP = nullptr;
11353   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11354     return S;
11355   SCEVEqualPredicate *Eq = new (SCEVAllocator)
11356       SCEVEqualPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), LHS, RHS);
11357   UniquePreds.InsertNode(Eq, IP);
11358   return Eq;
11359 }
11360 
11361 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
11362     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11363     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11364   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11365   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11366   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap);
11367   ID.AddPointer(AR);
11368   ID.AddInteger(AddedFlags);
11369   void *IP = nullptr;
11370   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11371     return S;
11372   auto *OF = new (SCEVAllocator)
11373       SCEVWrapPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), AR, AddedFlags);
11374   UniquePreds.InsertNode(OF, IP);
11375   return OF;
11376 }
11377 
11378 namespace {
11379 
11380 class SCEVPredicateRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPredicateRewriter> {
11381 public:
11382 
11383   /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
11384   /// infrastructure.
11385   ///
11386   /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
11387   /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
11388   ///
11389   /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
11390   /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
11391   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11392                              SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11393                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred) {
11394     SCEVPredicateRewriter Rewriter(L, SE, NewPreds, Pred);
11395     return Rewriter.visit(S);
11396   }
11397 
11398   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11399     if (Pred) {
11400       auto ExprPreds = Pred->getPredicatesForExpr(Expr);
11401       for (auto *Pred : ExprPreds)
11402         if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(Pred))
11403           if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr)
11404             return IPred->getRHS();
11405     }
11406     return convertToAddRecWithPreds(Expr);
11407   }
11408 
11409   const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
11410     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11411     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11412     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11413       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
11414       // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11415       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11416       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11417       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW))
11418         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11419                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11420                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11421     }
11422     return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11423   }
11424 
11425   const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
11426     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11427     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11428     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11429       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
11430       // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11431       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11432       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11433       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW))
11434         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11435                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11436                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11437     }
11438     return SE.getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11439   }
11440 
11441 private:
11442   explicit SCEVPredicateRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11443                         SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11444                         SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred)
11445       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), NewPreds(NewPreds), Pred(Pred), L(L) {}
11446 
11447   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVPredicate *P) {
11448     if (!NewPreds) {
11449       // Check if we've already made this assumption.
11450       return Pred && Pred->implies(P);
11451     }
11452     NewPreds->insert(P);
11453     return true;
11454   }
11455 
11456   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11457                              SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11458     auto *A = SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
11459     return addOverflowAssumption(A);
11460   }
11461 
11462   // If \p Expr represents a PHINode, we try to see if it can be represented
11463   // as an AddRec, possibly under a predicate (PHISCEVPred). If it is possible
11464   // to add this predicate as a runtime overflow check, we return the AddRec.
11465   // If \p Expr does not meet these conditions (is not a PHI node, or we
11466   // couldn't create an AddRec for it, or couldn't add the predicate), we just
11467   // return \p Expr.
11468   const SCEV *convertToAddRecWithPreds(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11469     if (!isa<PHINode>(Expr->getValue()))
11470       return Expr;
11471     Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
11472     PredicatedRewrite = SE.createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(Expr);
11473     if (!PredicatedRewrite)
11474       return Expr;
11475     for (auto *P : PredicatedRewrite->second){
11476       if (!addOverflowAssumption(P))
11477         return Expr;
11478     }
11479     return PredicatedRewrite->first;
11480   }
11481 
11482   SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds;
11483   SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred;
11484   const Loop *L;
11485 };
11486 
11487 } // end anonymous namespace
11488 
11489 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11490                                                    SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
11491   return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, nullptr, &Preds);
11492 }
11493 
11494 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
11495     const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11496     SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
11497   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> TransformPreds;
11498   S = SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, &TransformPreds, nullptr);
11499   auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11500 
11501   if (!AddRec)
11502     return nullptr;
11503 
11504   // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
11505   // predicates.
11506   for (auto *P : TransformPreds)
11507     Preds.insert(P);
11508 
11509   return AddRec;
11510 }
11511 
11512 /// SCEV predicates
11513 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11514                              SCEVPredicateKind Kind)
11515     : FastID(ID), Kind(Kind) {}
11516 
11517 SCEVEqualPredicate::SCEVEqualPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11518                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS)
11519     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Equal), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS) {
11520   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "LHS and RHS types don't match");
11521   assert(LHS != RHS && "LHS and RHS are the same SCEV");
11522 }
11523 
11524 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11525   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(N);
11526 
11527   if (!Op)
11528     return false;
11529 
11530   return Op->LHS == LHS && Op->RHS == RHS;
11531 }
11532 
11533 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
11534 
11535 const SCEV *SCEVEqualPredicate::getExpr() const { return LHS; }
11536 
11537 void SCEVEqualPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11538   OS.indent(Depth) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS << " == " << *RHS << "\n";
11539 }
11540 
11541 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11542                                      const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11543                                      IncrementWrapFlags Flags)
11544     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Wrap), AR(AR), Flags(Flags) {}
11545 
11546 const SCEV *SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR; }
11547 
11548 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11549   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVWrapPredicate>(N);
11550 
11551   return Op && Op->AR == AR && setFlags(Flags, Op->Flags) == Flags;
11552 }
11553 
11554 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11555   SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11556   IncrementWrapFlags IFlags = Flags;
11557 
11558   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == ScevFlags)
11559     IFlags = clearFlags(IFlags, IncrementNSSW);
11560 
11561   return IFlags == IncrementAnyWrap;
11562 }
11563 
11564 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11565   OS.indent(Depth) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
11566   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW & getFlags())
11567     OS << "<nusw>";
11568   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW & getFlags())
11569     OS << "<nssw>";
11570   OS << "\n";
11571 }
11572 
11573 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
11574 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11575                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) {
11576   IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags = IncrementAnyWrap;
11577   SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11578 
11579   // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
11580   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == StaticFlags)
11581     ImpliedFlags = IncrementNSSW;
11582 
11583   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) == StaticFlags) {
11584     // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
11585     // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
11586     if (const auto *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
11587       if (Step->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
11588         ImpliedFlags = setFlags(ImpliedFlags, IncrementNUSW);
11589   }
11590 
11591   return ImpliedFlags;
11592 }
11593 
11594 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
11595 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate()
11596     : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union) {}
11597 
11598 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11599   return all_of(Preds,
11600                 [](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->isAlwaysTrue(); });
11601 }
11602 
11603 ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>
11604 SCEVUnionPredicate::getPredicatesForExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
11605   auto I = SCEVToPreds.find(Expr);
11606   if (I == SCEVToPreds.end())
11607     return ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>();
11608   return I->second;
11609 }
11610 
11611 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11612   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N))
11613     return all_of(Set->Preds,
11614                   [this](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return this->implies(I); });
11615 
11616   auto ScevPredsIt = SCEVToPreds.find(N->getExpr());
11617   if (ScevPredsIt == SCEVToPreds.end())
11618     return false;
11619   auto &SCEVPreds = ScevPredsIt->second;
11620 
11621   return any_of(SCEVPreds,
11622                 [N](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->implies(N); });
11623 }
11624 
11625 const SCEV *SCEVUnionPredicate::getExpr() const { return nullptr; }
11626 
11627 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11628   for (auto Pred : Preds)
11629     Pred->print(OS, Depth);
11630 }
11631 
11632 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate *N) {
11633   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N)) {
11634     for (auto Pred : Set->Preds)
11635       add(Pred);
11636     return;
11637   }
11638 
11639   if (implies(N))
11640     return;
11641 
11642   const SCEV *Key = N->getExpr();
11643   assert(Key && "Only SCEVUnionPredicate doesn't have an "
11644                 " associated expression!");
11645 
11646   SCEVToPreds[Key].push_back(N);
11647   Preds.push_back(N);
11648 }
11649 
11650 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &SE,
11651                                                      Loop &L)
11652     : SE(SE), L(L) {}
11653 
11654 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
11655   const SCEV *Expr = SE.getSCEV(V);
11656   RewriteEntry &Entry = RewriteMap[Expr];
11657 
11658   // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
11659   if (Entry.second && Generation == Entry.first)
11660     return Entry.second;
11661 
11662   // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
11663   // according to the current predicate.
11664   if (Entry.second)
11665     Expr = Entry.second;
11666 
11667   const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr, &L, Preds);
11668   Entry = {Generation, NewSCEV};
11669 
11670   return NewSCEV;
11671 }
11672 
11673 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
11674   if (!BackedgeCount) {
11675     SCEVUnionPredicate BackedgePred;
11676     BackedgeCount = SE.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L, BackedgePred);
11677     addPredicate(BackedgePred);
11678   }
11679   return BackedgeCount;
11680 }
11681 
11682 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate &Pred) {
11683   if (Preds.implies(&Pred))
11684     return;
11685   Preds.add(&Pred);
11686   updateGeneration();
11687 }
11688 
11689 const SCEVUnionPredicate &PredicatedScalarEvolution::getUnionPredicate() const {
11690   return Preds;
11691 }
11692 
11693 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
11694   // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
11695   if (++Generation == 0) {
11696     for (auto &II : RewriteMap) {
11697       const SCEV *Rewritten = II.second.second;
11698       II.second = {Generation, SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten, &L, Preds)};
11699     }
11700   }
11701 }
11702 
11703 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
11704     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
11705   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
11706   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
11707 
11708   auto ImpliedFlags = SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE);
11709 
11710   // Clear the statically implied flags.
11711   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, ImpliedFlags);
11712   addPredicate(*SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, Flags));
11713 
11714   auto II = FlagsMap.insert({V, Flags});
11715   if (!II.second)
11716     II.first->second = SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags, II.first->second);
11717 }
11718 
11719 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
11720     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
11721   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
11722   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
11723 
11724   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
11725       Flags, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE));
11726 
11727   auto II = FlagsMap.find(V);
11728 
11729   if (II != FlagsMap.end())
11730     Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, II->second);
11731 
11732   return Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap;
11733 }
11734 
11735 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value *V) {
11736   const SCEV *Expr = this->getSCEV(V);
11737   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds;
11738   auto *New = SE.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr, &L, NewPreds);
11739 
11740   if (!New)
11741     return nullptr;
11742 
11743   for (auto *P : NewPreds)
11744     Preds.add(P);
11745 
11746   updateGeneration();
11747   RewriteMap[SE.getSCEV(V)] = {Generation, New};
11748   return New;
11749 }
11750 
11751 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
11752     const PredicatedScalarEvolution &Init)
11753     : RewriteMap(Init.RewriteMap), SE(Init.SE), L(Init.L), Preds(Init.Preds),
11754       Generation(Init.Generation), BackedgeCount(Init.BackedgeCount) {
11755   for (const auto &I : Init.FlagsMap)
11756     FlagsMap.insert(I);
11757 }
11758 
11759 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11760   // For each block.
11761   for (auto *BB : L.getBlocks())
11762     for (auto &I : *BB) {
11763       if (!SE.isSCEVable(I.getType()))
11764         continue;
11765 
11766       auto *Expr = SE.getSCEV(&I);
11767       auto II = RewriteMap.find(Expr);
11768 
11769       if (II == RewriteMap.end())
11770         continue;
11771 
11772       // Don't print things that are not interesting.
11773       if (II->second.second == Expr)
11774         continue;
11775 
11776       OS.indent(Depth) << "[PSE]" << I << ":\n";
11777       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << *Expr << "\n";
11778       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << "--> " << *II->second.second << "\n";
11779     }
11780 }
11781